Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
 
     
þ
  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File Number 1-4717
 
 
KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
         
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

427 West 12th Street,
Kansas City, Missouri
(Address of principal executive offices)
  (KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN LOGO)   44-0663509
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

64105
(Zip Code)
         
 
 
816.983.1303
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
None
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
 
     
Class
 
Outstanding at April 23, 2009
 
Common Stock, $0.01 per share par value
  91,578,296 Shares
 


 

 
Kansas City Southern
Form 10-Q
March 31, 2009

Index
 
                 
        Page
 
      Financial Statements     3  
        Introductory Comments     3  
        Consolidated Statements of Operations — Three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008     4  
        Consolidated Balance Sheets — March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008     5  
        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008     6  
        Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Noncontrolling Interest — March 31, 2009     7  
        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     8  
        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     24  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     25  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     33  
      Controls and Procedures     33  
      Controls and Procedures     33  
 
      Legal Proceedings     33  
      Risk Factors     33  
      Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds     34  
      Defaults upon Senior Securities     34  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     34  
      Other Information     34  
      Exhibits     34  
        SIGNATURES     35  
  EX-2.1
  EX-4.1
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-15.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


2


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern
 
Form 10-Q
March 31, 2009
 
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1.    Financial Statements.
 
Introductory Comments.
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements included herein have been prepared by Kansas City Southern, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). As used herein, “KCS” or the “Company” may refer to Kansas City Southern or, as the context requires, to one or more subsidiaries of Kansas City Southern. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) have been condensed, or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to enable a reasonable understanding of the information presented. These Consolidated Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2009.


3


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In millions, except share
 
    and per share amounts)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Revenues
  $ 346.0     $ 450.6  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
Compensation and benefits
    78.0       101.8  
Purchased services
    44.5       51.2  
Fuel
    43.3       77.8  
Equipment costs
    39.1       44.4  
Depreciation and amortization
    47.1       40.3  
Casualties and insurance
    12.5       18.6  
Materials and other
    33.0       33.1  
                 
Total operating expenses
    297.5       367.2  
                 
Operating income
    48.5       83.4  
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    1.0       4.1  
Interest expense
    (41.8 )     (39.5 )
Debt retirement costs
    (5.9 )      
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    (5.1 )     2.5  
Other income
    1.5       3.0  
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    (1.8 )     53.5  
Income tax expense
    0.4       15.7  
                 
Net income (loss)
    (2.2 )     37.8  
Noncontrolling interest
    (0.1 )     0.1  
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Kansas City Southern and subsidiaries
    (2.1 )     37.7  
Preferred stock dividends
    5.4       4.8  
                 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ (7.5 )   $ 32.9  
                 
Earnings (loss) per share:
               
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ 0.43  
                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.08 )   $ 0.39  
                 
Average shares outstanding (in thousands):
               
Basic
    90,743       76,253  
Potentially dilutive common shares
          21,231  
                 
Diluted
    90,743       97,484  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


4


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (In millions, except
 
    share amounts)  
    (Unaudited)        
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 141.7     $ 229.9  
Accounts receivable, net
    160.3       163.8  
Restricted funds
    38.2       34.0  
Materials and supplies
    95.2       96.3  
Deferred income taxes
    62.8       62.8  
Other current assets
    93.3       98.8  
                 
Total current assets
    591.5       685.6  
Investments
    58.2       60.5  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $924.2 million and $914.2 million at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    3,501.4       3,416.3  
Concession assets, net of accumulated amortization of $199.4 million and $186.5 million at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    1,167.7       1,182.1  
Deferred income taxes
    46.9       36.4  
Other assets
    52.8       58.3  
                 
Total assets
  $ 5,418.5     $ 5,439.2  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Debt due within one year
  $ 23.1     $ 637.4  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    460.9       455.4  
                 
Total current liabilities
    484.0       1,092.8  
Long-term debt
    2,038.9       1,448.7  
Deferred income taxes
    501.5       492.4  
Other noncurrent liabilities and deferred credits
    214.1       220.1  
                 
Total liabilities
    3,238.5       3,254.0  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
           
Stockholders’ equity:
               
$25 par, 4% noncumulative, preferred stock, 840,000 shares authorized, 649,736 shares issued, 242,170 shares outstanding
    6.1       6.1  
Series D — cumulative convertible perpetual preferred stock, $1 par, 5.125%, 210,000 shares authorized and issued, 209,995 shares outstanding with a liquidation preference of $210.0 million at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    0.2       0.2  
$.01 par, common stock, 400,000,000 shares authorized; 106,252,860 shares issued at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively; 91,579,243 and 91,463,762 shares outstanding at March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively
    0.9       0.9  
Paid-in capital
    575.6       572.3  
Retained earnings
    1,330.1       1,337.6  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (6.5 )     (5.6 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,906.4       1,911.5  
Noncontrolling interest
    273.6       273.7  
                 
Total equity
    2,180.0       2,185.2  
                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 5,418.5     $ 5,439.2  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


5


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In millions) (Unaudited)  
 
Operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (2.2 )   $ 37.8  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    47.1       40.3  
Deferred income taxes
    (0.4 )     15.6  
Equity in undistributed earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    (1.0 )     (4.1 )
Share-based compensation
    2.1       3.2  
Other deferred compensation
    (1.6 )     4.6  
Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates
          4.0  
Gain on sale of assets
    (1.0 )     (1.2 )
Debt retirement costs
    5.9        
Changes in working capital items:
               
Accounts receivable
    3.5       10.0  
Materials and supplies
    1.1       (6.0 )
Other current assets
    5.5       (9.2 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    5.5       6.3  
Other, net
    (0.7 )     17.4  
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    63.8       118.7  
                 
Investing activities:
               
Capital expenditures
    (99.9 )     (92.5 )
Proceeds from disposal of property
    3.7       2.3  
Contribution from NS for MSLLC (net of change in restricted contribution)
    (1.5 )     14.8  
Property investments in MSLLC
    (17.8 )     (16.9 )
Other, net
          (62.6 )
                 
Net cash used for investing activities
    (115.5 )     (154.9 )
                 
Financing activities:
               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    214.0       72.8  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (238.7 )     (15.3 )
Debt costs
    (9.3 )     (0.5 )
Proceeds from stock plans
    0.3       1.1  
Preferred stock dividends paid
    (2.8 )     (4.9 )
                 
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    (36.5 )     53.2  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Net increase (decrease) during each period
    (88.2 )     17.0  
At beginning of year
    229.9       55.5  
                 
At end of period
  $ 141.7     $ 72.5  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


6


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Noncontrolling Interest
 
                                                                 
          $1 Par
                      Accumulated
             
    $25 Par
    Cumulative
    $.01 Par
                Other
             
    Preferred
    Preferred Stock
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Noncontrolling
       
    Stock     Series D 5.125%     Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Interest     Total  
                      (In millions)
                   
                      (Unaudited)                    
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 6.1     $ 0.2     $ 0.9     $ 572.3     $ 1,337.6     $ (5.6 )   $ 273.7     $ 2,185.2  
                                                                 
Comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                                    (2.1 )             (0.1 )     (2.2 )
Change in fair value of fuel swaps, net of tax benefit of $0.5 million
                                            (1.0 )             (1.0 )
Cumulative translation adjustment — FTVM, net of tax benefit of $0.4 million
                                            0.1               0.1  
                                                                 
Comprehensive loss
                            (2.1 )     (0.9 )     (0.1 )     (3.1 )
Dividends on $25 par preferred stock ($0.25/share)
                                    (0.1 )                     (0.1 )
Dividends on series D cumulative preferred stock ($25.63/share)
                                    (5.3 )                     (5.3 )
Options exercised and stock subscribed
                            1.2                               1.2  
Share-based compensation
                            2.1                               2.1  
                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2009
  $ 6.1     $ 0.2     $ 0.9     $ 575.6     $ 1,330.1     $ (6.5 )   $ 273.6     $ 2,180.0  
                                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


7


Table of Contents

Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Accounting Policies and Interim Financial Statements.
 
In the opinion of the management of KCS, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results for interim periods. All adjustments made were of a normal and recurring nature. Certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and accompanying notes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2009. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS 160”) on a prospective basis, except for the presentation and disclosure requirements, which apply retrospectively. As a result of the adoption, the Company reported noncontrolling interests as a separate component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets and the net income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interests is separately identified in the consolidated statements of operations. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation as required by SFAS No. 160. These reclassifications did not have any impact on the Company’s previously reported results of operations.
 
2.   Share-Based Compensation.
 
Nonvested Stock.   The Kansas City Southern 2008 Stock Option and Performance Award Plan (“Stock Option and Performance Award Plan”) provides for the granting of nonvested stock awards to directors, officers and other designated employees and contractors. The grant date fair value is based on the closing market price on the date of the grant. These awards are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates during the vesting period, which is generally five year cliff vesting for employees and one year for directors. The grant date fair value of nonvested shares, less estimated forfeitures, is recorded to compensation expense on a straightline basis over the vesting period.
 
A summary of nonvested stock activity is as follows:
 
                         
          Weighted-
       
          Average
    Aggregate
 
    Number of
    Grant Date
    Intrinsic
 
    Shares     Fair Value     Value  
                In millions  
 
Nonvested stock at December 31, 2008
    828,257     $ 31.74          
Granted
    55,724       17.51          
Vested
    (77,557 )     27.67          
Forfeited
    (44,640 )     29.21          
                         
Nonvested stock at March 31, 2009
    761,784     $ 31.26     $ 9.7  
                         
 
Compensation cost related to nonvested stock was $1.8 million and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the statement of operations for nonvested stock awards was $0.7 million and $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
As of March 31, 2009, $11.7 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.40 years. The fair value (at vest date) of shares vested during the three months ended March 31, 2009 was $1.4 million.


8


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Performance Based Awards.   During 2008 and 2007, the Company granted performance based nonvested stock awards. The awards granted establish an annual target number of shares that generally vest at the end of a three year requisite service period following the grant date. In addition to the three year service condition, the number of nonvested shares to be received depends on the attainment of certain annual performance goals. The number of nonvested shares ultimately earned will range from zero to 200% of the annual target award.
 
A summary of performance based nonvested awards activity at target is as follows:
 
                 
    Target Number of
    Weighted-Average Grant
 
    Shares *     Date Fair Value  
 
Nonvested stock at December 31, 2008
    385,880     $ 32.71  
Granted
    4,165       16.78  
Vested
    (47,054 )     30.57  
Forfeited
    (11,958 )     30.98  
                 
Nonvested stock at March 31, 2009
    331,033     $ 32.88  
                 
 
 
* The performance shares earned in 2008 and 2007 were 92,324 and 119,226 which was approximately 62% and 120% of the annual target award granted for the 2008 and 2007 performance periods, respectively. For the 2009 performance period, participants in the aggregate can earn up to a maximum of 352,504 shares.
 
The Company expenses the grant date fair value of the awards which are probable of being earned based on forecasted annual performance goals over the three year performance period. Compensation expense on performance based awards was $0.1 million and $1.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the statement of operations for performance based awards was less than $0.1 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
As of March 31, 2009, $0.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to performance based awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.51 years. The unrecognized compensation cost includes only the amount determined to be probable of being earned based upon the attainment of the annual performance goals. The fair value (at vest date) of shares vested during the three months ended March 31, 2009 was $0.6 million.
 
3.   Earnings (Loss) Per Share Data.
 
Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Restricted stock granted to employees and officers is included in weighted average shares for purposes of computing basic earnings (loss) per common share as it is earned. Diluted earnings (loss) per share adjusts basic earnings (loss) per common share for the effects of potentially dilutive common shares, if the effect is not antidilutive. Potentially dilutive common shares include the dilutive effects of shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock to common stock and shares issuable under the Stock Option and Performance Award Plan.
 
The following table reconciles the weighted average shares used for the basic earnings (loss) per share computation to the shares used for the diluted earnings (loss) per share computation (in thousands) :
 
                 
    Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Basic shares
    90,743       76,253  
Effect of dilution
          21,231  
                 
Diluted shares
    90,743       97,484  
                 


9


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the assumed conversion of preferred stock to 7,000,000 shares of common stock and approximately 561,000 stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted shares because the impact would have been antidilutive due to the loss reported in the period. For the three months ended March 31, 2008, approximately 46,000 stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted shares because the impact would have been anti-dilutive as the option price was higher than the average market price.
 
The following table reconciles net income (loss) available to common stockholders for purposes of basic earnings (loss) per share to net income (loss) available to common stockholders for purposes of diluted earnings (loss) per share (in millions) :
 
                 
    Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders for purposes of computing basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (7.5 )   $ 32.9  
Effect of dividends on conversion of convertible preferred stock
          4.8  
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders for purposes of computing diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (7.5 )   $ 37.7  
                 
 
4.   Fair Value Measurements.
 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and enhances disclosures regarding fair value measurements. KCS adopted SFAS 157 prospectively for financial assets and liabilities recognized at fair value on a recurring basis on January 1, 2008. Effective January 1, 2009, KCS adopted SFAS 157 prospectively for assets and liabilities recognized at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value only in certain circumstances.
 
SFAS 157 requires all assets and liabilities recognized at fair value to be classified into a three-level hierarchy. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions) :
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements     Assets (Liabilities)
 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     at Fair Value  
 
March 31, 2009
                               
Investments(i)
  $     $     $ 9.8     $ 9.8  
Derivative financial instruments
          (8.6 )           (8.6 )
                                 
Net assets (liabilities), at fair value
  $     $ (8.6 )   $ 9.8     $ 1.2  
                                 
 


10


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements     Assets (Liabilities)
 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     at Fair Value  
 
December 31, 2008
                               
Investments(i)
  $     $     $ 12.4     $ 12.4  
Derivative financial instruments
          (5.7 )           (5.7 )
                                 
Net assets (liabilities), at fair value
  $     $ (5.7 )   $ 12.4     $ 6.7  
                                 
 
 
(i) Investments with Level 1 and/or Level 2 inputs are classified as a Level 3 investment in their entirety if it has at least one significant Level 3 input.
 
The following table presents additional information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value.
 
Changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in millions) :
 
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 12.4     $ 37.8  
Total gains/(losses) (realized and unrealized)
           
Purchases, issuances and settlements
    (2.6 )     (14.6 )
Transfers in and/or out of level 3
           
                 
Balance at end of period
  $ 9.8     $ 23.2  
                 
 
5.   Derivative Instruments.
 
The Company does not engage in the trading of derivative financial instruments except where the Company’s objective is to manage the variability of forecasted interest payments attributable to changes in interest rates, fuel price risk, or foreign currency fluctuations. In general, the Company enters into derivative transactions in limited situations based on management’s assessment of current market conditions and perceived risks.
 
Interest Rate Swaps.   During 2008, the Company entered into five forward starting interest rate swaps, which have been designated as cash flow hedges under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). The forward starting interest rate swaps effectively convert interest payments from variable rates to fixed rates. The swaps are highly effective as defined by SFAS 133 and as a result there will be de minimus statement of operations variability associated with ineffectiveness of these hedges. The hedging instruments have an aggregate notional amount of $250.0 million at an average fixed rate of 2.71%, with forward starting settlements indexed to the three-month LIBOR occurring every quarter, expiring September of 2010 through March of 2011.
 
Fuel Derivative Transactions.   In January 2009, the Company entered into fuel swap agreements, which have been designated as cash flow hedges under SFAS 133. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instruments is reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of the effectiveness are recognized in current earnings. As of March 31, 2009, the Company has outstanding fuel swap agreements for 11.3 million gallons of diesel fuel purchases ratably through the end of 2009 at an average swap price of $1.74 per gallon.

11


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts.   The purpose of the foreign exchange contracts of Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary of KCS (“KCSM”), is to limit exposure arising from exchange rate fluctuations in its Mexican peso-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. Management determines the nature and quantity of any hedging transactions based upon exposure and market conditions. These foreign currency contracts are accounted for as free-standing financial instruments and accordingly, all changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. As of March 31, 2009, the Company had one Mexican peso call option outstanding in the notional amount of $1.7 million based on the average exchange rate of Ps.12.5 per U.S. dollar. This call option will expire on May 29, 2009.
 
The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2009 (in millions) :
 
                         
    Asset Derivatives     Liability Derivatives  
    Balance Sheet
  Fair
    Balance Sheet
  Fair
 
    Location   Value     Location   Value  
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                       
Interest rate contracts
  Other assets   $     Other non-current liabilities & deferred credits   $ 6.0  
Fuel swap contracts
  Other current assets         Accounts payable & accrued liabilities     2.8  
                         
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133
                  8.8  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                       
Foreign exchange contracts
  Other current assets     0.2     Accounts payable & accrued liabilities      
                         
Total
      $ 0.2         $ 8.8  
                         
 
The following table presents the amounts affecting the consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2009 (in millions) :
 
                                     
                      Location of
  Amount of
 
                      Gain/ (Loss)
  Gain/ (Loss)
 
          Location of
    Amount of
    Recognized in
  Recognized in
 
    Amount of
    Gain/(Loss)
    Gain/(Loss)
    Income on Derivative
  Income on Derivative
 
    Gain/(Loss)
    Reclassified from
    Reclassified from
    (Ineffective Portion
  (Ineffective Portion
 
Derivatives in Cash
  Recognized in
    Accumulated OCI
    Accumulated OCI
    and Amount Excluded
  and Amount Excluded
 
Flow Hedging
  OCI on Derivative
    into Income
    into Income
    from Effectiveness
  from Effectiveness
 
      Relationships      
  (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)     Testing)   Testing)  
 
Interest rate contracts
  $ (0.7 )     Interest expense     $ (0.7 )   Interest expense   $  
Fuel swap contracts
    (1.6 )     Fuel expense       (0.2 )   Fuel Expense     (2.0 )
                                     
Total
  $ (2.3 )           $ (0.9 )       $ (2.0 )
                                     
 
                                     
          Location of
    Amount of
           
          Gain/(Loss)
    Gain/(Loss)
           
          Recognized in
    Recognized in
           
Derivatives not designated as
        Income on
    Income on
           
hedging instruments
        Derivative     Derivative            
 
Foreign exchange contracts
            Other income
(expense
)   $ (0.1 )            
                                     
Total
                  $ (0.1 )            
                                     


12


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
6.   Long-Term Debt.
 
On January 14, 2009, pursuant to an offer to purchase, The Kansas City Southern Railway Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of KCS (“KCSR”) commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for any and all outstanding $200.0 million KCSR 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2009 (the “7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes”). As of January 28, 2009 (the consent deadline), KCSR received consents in connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation from holders of over 88% of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes. On January 29, 2009, KCSR purchased the tendered notes in accordance with the terms of the tender offer with proceeds received in 2008 from the issuance of the $190.0 million 13.0% Senior Notes due December 28, 2013 and other borrowings. On March 16, 2009, the Company transferred $24.2 million in principal and interest to U.S. Bank N.A., the trustee, in connection with the legal defeasance of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes to be paid to the remaining holders upon maturity on June 15, 2009.
 
On February 11, 2009, KCSM entered into Amendment No. 3 and Waiver No. 2 (“KCSM Amendment No. 3”) to its unsecured credit agreement dated June 14, 2007 (the “2007 KCSM Credit Agreement”). KCSM Amendment No. 3 amended Section 7.4 of the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement to permit KCSM’s loan of $4.2 million to Panama Canal Railway Company (“PCRC”) made on December 28, 2007. KCSM Amendment No. 3 also waived any Defaults or Events of Default (as defined in the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement) resulting from KCSM’s compliance with Section 7.4 of the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement prior to the effective date of KCSM Amendment No. 3.
 
On March 30, 2009, KCSM issued $200.0 million of 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due April 1, 2016 (the “12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes”), which bear interest semiannually at a fixed annual rate of 12 1 / 2 %. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes were issued at a discount to par value, resulting in an $11.0 million discount and a yield to maturity of 13 3 / 4 %. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment with KCSM’s existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. KCSM used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering, to repay all amounts outstanding under the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement. Upon repayment of the outstanding amounts, KCSM terminated the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement, effective March 30, 2009. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes are redeemable at KCSM’s option in whole or in part on and after April 1, 2013, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) plus any accrued and unpaid interest: 2013 — 106.250%, 2014 — 103.125%, 2015 — 100.000%. In addition, KCSM may redeem up to 35% of the notes any time prior to April 1, 2012 from the proceeds of the sale of capital stock in KCSM or KCS. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes include certain covenants that restrict or prohibit certain actions.
 
7.   Commitments and Contingencies.
 
Concession Duty.   Under the Concession, the Mexican government has the right to receive a payment from KCSM equivalent to 0.5% of KCSM’s gross revenue during the first 15 years of the Concession period and 1.25% during the remaining years of the Concession period. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the concession duty expense amounted to $0.7 million, and $1.1 million, respectively, which was recorded within operating expenses.
 
Litigation.   The Company is a party to various legal proceedings and administrative actions, all of which, except as set forth below, are of an ordinary, routine nature and incidental to its operations. Included in these proceedings are various tort claims brought by current and former employees for job related injuries and by third parties for injuries related to railroad operations. KCS aggressively defends these matters and has established liability reserves, which management believes are adequate to cover expected costs. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of any legal proceeding, in the opinion of management, other than those proceedings described in detail below, such proceedings and actions should not, individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and liquidity. However, a


13


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
material adverse outcome in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse impact on the operating results of a particular quarter or fiscal year.
 
Environmental Liabilities.   The Company’s U.S. operations are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. The major U.S. environmental laws to which the Company is subject include, among others, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA,” also known as the Superfund law), the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act. CERCLA can impose joint and several liabilities for cleanup and investigation costs, without regard to fault or legality of the original conduct, on current and predecessor owners and operators of a site, as well as those who generate, or arrange for the disposal of, hazardous substances. The Company does not believe that compliance with the requirements imposed by the environmental legislation will impair its competitive capability or result in any material additional capital expenditures, operating or maintenance costs. The Company is, however, subject to environmental remediation costs as described below.
 
The Company’s Mexico operations are subject to Mexican federal and state laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment through the establishment of standards for water discharge, water supply, emissions, noise pollution, hazardous substances and transportation and handling of hazardous and solid waste. The Mexican government may bring administrative and criminal proceedings and impose economic sanctions against companies that violate environmental laws, and temporarily or even permanently close non-complying facilities.
 
The risk of incurring environmental liability is inherent in the railroad industry. As part of serving the petroleum and chemicals industry, the Company transports hazardous materials and has a professional team available to respond to and handle environmental issues that might occur in the transport of such materials. Additionally, the Company is a partner in the Responsible Care ® program and, as a result, has initiated additional environmental, health and safety programs. The Company performs ongoing reviews and evaluations of the various environmental programs and issues within the Company’s operations, and, as necessary, takes actions intended to limit the Company’s exposure to potential liability.
 
The Company owns property that is, or has been, used for industrial purposes. Use of these properties may subject the Company to potentially material liabilities relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminants, claims alleging personal injury, or property damage as the result of exposures to, or release of, hazardous substances. Although the Company is responsible for investigating and remediating contamination at several locations, based on currently available information, the Company does not expect any related liabilities, individually or collectively, to have a material impact on its financial position or cash flows. Should the Company become subject to more stringent cleanup requirements at these sites, discover additional contamination, or become subject to related personal or property damage claims, the Company could incur material costs in connection with these sites.
 
The Company records liabilities for remediation and restoration costs related to past activities when the Company’s obligation is probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Costs of ongoing compliance activities to current operations are expensed as incurred. The Company’s recorded liabilities for these issues represent its best estimates (on an undiscounted basis) of remediation and restoration costs that may be required to comply with present laws and regulations. Although these costs cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate outcome of identified matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or cash flows.
 
Environmental remediation expense was $1.9 million and $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was included in casualties and insurance expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, as of March 31, 2009, KCS had a liability for environmental remediation of $6.5 million. This amount was derived from a range of reasonable estimates


14


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
based upon the studies and site surveys described above and in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS 5”).
 
Casualty Claim Reserves.   The Company’s casualty and liability reserve is based on actuarial studies performed on an undiscounted basis. This reserve is based on personal injury claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. While the ultimate amount of claims incurred is dependent on various factors, it is management’s opinion that the recorded liability is a reasonable estimate of aggregate future payments. Adjustments to the liability are reflected as operating expenses in the period in which changes to estimates are known. Casualty claims in excess of self-insurance levels are insured up to certain coverage amounts, depending on the type of claim and year of occurrence. The activity in the reserve follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 90.7     $ 90.0  
Accruals, net (includes the impact of actuarial studies)
    5.2       6.0  
Payments
    (6.5 )     (3.9 )
                 
Balance at end of period
  $ 89.4     $ 92.1  
                 
 
The casualty claim reserve balance as of March 31, 2009 is based on an updated study of casualty reserves for data through November 30, 2008 and review of the last four month’s experience. The activity for the three months ended March 31, 2009 primarily relates to the net settlements and the reserves for Federal Employers Liability Act (“FELA”), third-party, and occupational illness claims. The changes to the reserve in the current year compared to the prior year primarily reflect litigation settlements and the current accruals related to the trend of loss experience since the date of the prior study.
 
Reflecting potential uncertainty surrounding the outcome of casualty claims, it is reasonably possible based on assessments that future costs to settle casualty claims may range from approximately $85 million to $94 million. While the final outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the $89.4 million recorded is the best estimate of the Company’s future obligations for the settlement of casualty claims at March 31, 2009.
 
Management believes that previous reserve estimates for prior claims were reasonable based on current information available. The Company is continuing its practice of accruing monthly for estimated claim costs, including any changes recommended by completed studies and evaluation of recent known trends; based on this practice, management believes all accruals are appropriately reflected.
 
Antitrust Lawsuit.   In May 2007, KCSR, along with other Class I U.S. railroads (and, in some cases, the Association of American Railroads), was included in various Federal district court actions alleging that the railroads conspired to fix fuel surcharges in violation of U.S. antitrust laws. On November 6, 2007, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation ordered that these putative class action cases be consolidated for pretrial handling before the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, where the matters remain pending (“the Multidistrict Litigation”). KCSR entered into an agreement with the plaintiffs in the Multidistrict Litigation to toll the statute of limitations as to KCSR and KCSR was not named as a defendant in the Consolidated Amended Complaint filed on April 15, 2008. The Multidistrict Litigation will proceed without KCSR as a party. In any event, KCSR maintains there is no merit to the price fixing allegations asserted against the Company. If KCSR is named as a defendant in lawsuits making such claims in the future, either in the Multidistrict Litigation or otherwise, the Company intends to vigorously contest such allegations.
 
Certain Disputes with Ferromex.   KCSM and Ferrocarril Mexicano, S.A. de C.V. (“Ferromex”) both initiated administrative proceedings seeking a determination by the Mexican Secretaría de Comunicaciones y


15


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Transportes (“Ministry of Communications and Transportation” or “SCT”) of the rates that the companies should pay each other in connection with the use of trackage rights. The SCT issued a ruling setting the rates for trackage rights in March of 2002. KCSM and Ferromex challenged the ruling.
 
Following the trial and appellate court decisions, in February 2006 the Mexican Supreme Court sustained KCSM’s appeal of the SCT’s trackage rights ruling, in effect vacating the ruling and ordering the SCT to issue a new ruling consistent with the Court’s decision. On June 27, 2008, KCSM was served with the new ruling issued by the SCT. In this ruling, the SCT established the consideration that KCSM and Ferromex must pay each other in connection with the use of the trackage rights granted in their respective concessions between 2002 and 2004, and further stated that in the event KCSM and Ferromex failed to reach an agreement in connection with the rates for the years after 2004, the SCT shall make a determination along the same lines. In September 2008, KCSM and Ferromex appealed this new ruling with the Mexican Tribunal Federal de Justicia Fiscal y Administrativa (“Administrative and Fiscal Federal Court”).
 
KCSM and Ferromex both initiated administrative proceedings seeking a determination by the SCT of the rates that the companies should pay each other in connection with the use of interline and terminal services. The SCT issued a ruling setting the rates for interline and terminal services in August of 2002. KCSM and Ferromex both challenged the ruling. In April 2005, the Administrative and Fiscal Federal Court ruled in favor of KCSM in the challenge to the SCT interline and terminal services decision. Ferromex, however, challenged this court ruling before the Fifteenth Collegiate Court, and the Court ruled in its favor. Both Ferromex and KCSM have challenged the ruling on different grounds. This most recent challenge is now before the Mexican Supreme Court, which as of the date of this filing has yet to issue a decision on the matter.
 
In addition to the above, Ferromex has filed three commercial proceedings against KCSM. In the first claim, which was served in 2001 and is related to the payment of consideration for interline services, KCSM received a favorable decision and Ferromex has been ordered to pay related costs and expenses. Ferromex has appealed the decision. KCSM received an unfavorable decision in the second claim filed in 2004 and has filed a challenge to this judgment, the outcome of which is still pending. The third claim, filed in 2006, is an action for access to records related to interline services between 2002 and 2004. A final decision has not been rendered on the third claim. KCSM is continually analyzing all of the records related to this dispute to determine the adequacy of the reserves for the amounts due to, as well as due from, Ferromex.
 
KCSM expects various proceedings and appeals related to the matters described above to continue over the next few years. Although KCSM and Ferromex have challenged these matters based on different grounds and these cases continue to evolve, management believes the reserves related to these matters are adequate and does not believe there will be a future material impact to the results of operations arising out of these disputes.
 
Disputes Relating to the Provision of Services to a Mexican Subsidiary of a Large U.S. Auto Manufacturer.   KCSM is involved in several disputes related to providing service to a Mexican subsidiary of a large U.S. auto manufacturer (the “Auto Manufacturer”).
 
In March 2008, the Auto Manufacturer filed an arbitration suit against KCSM under a contract entered into in 1999 for services to the Auto Manufacturer’s plants in Mexico, which, as amended, had a stated termination date of January 31, 2008. The Auto Manufacturer claims that the contract was implicitly extended and continued in effect beyond its stated termination date, and that KCSM is therefore required to continue abiding by its terms, including, but not limited to, the rates contemplated in such contract. KCSM claims that the contract did in fact expire on its stated termination date of January 31, 2008, and that services rendered thereafter are thus subject to the general terms and conditions (including rates) applicable in the absence of a specific contract, pursuant to Mexican law. Accordingly, KCSM filed a counterclaim against the Auto Manufacturer to, among other things, recover the applicable rate difference between the rates under the contract and KCSM’s rates. The Auto Manufacturer is also seeking a declaration by the arbitrator that the rates being assessed by KCSM are discriminatory, even though the rates being charged are within the legal


16


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
rate limits set by Mexican law for such freight transportation. KCSM believes that the facts of this dispute provide it with strong legal arguments and intends to vigorously defend its claims in this proceeding. As a result, management believes the final resolution of these claims will not have any material impact on KCSM’s results of operations.
 
In May 2008, the arbitrator ordered that KCSM continue providing the service in the same way and at the same rates as it had done through March 2008, and ordered the Auto Manufacturer to provide a guaranty by depositing with KCSM the difference between the rates under the agreement and KCSM’s rates. KCSM initiated a judicial proceeding seeking enforcement of the Auto Manufacturer’s obligation to provide the guaranty and on January 8, 2009, KCSM received a court ruling ordering the Auto Manufacturer to deposit the amount of the guaranty with KCSM as required by the arbitrator. On February 11, 2009, the Auto Manufacturer was granted an injunction to avoid making the payment, but was ordered to provide a guaranty for the amount as determined by the court. The Auto Manufacturer posted a bond as a guaranty in March of 2009 and filed an appeal requesting that the amount of the guaranty be reduced. On April 2, 2009, the Collegiate Court reduced the amount of the guaranty to an amount it determined would compensate KCSM for the delay until the appeal was decided.
 
In May 2008, the SCT initiated a proceeding against KCSM, at the Auto Manufacturer’s request, alleging that KCSM impermissibly bundled international rail services and engaged in discriminatory pricing practices with respect to rail services provided by KCSM to the Auto Manufacturer. In March of 2009, the SCT issued a decision determining that KCSM had engaged in the activities alleged, but imposed no sanction since this was the first time KCSM had engaged in such activities. KCSM intends to challenge the SCT’s decision.
 
On July 23, 2008, the SCT delivered notice to KCSM of new proceedings against KCSM, claiming, among other things, that KCSM refused to grant Ferromex access to certain trackage over which Ferromex alleges it has trackage rights on six different occasions and thus denied Ferromex the ability to provide service to the Auto Manufacturer at this location.
 
KCSM does not believe that these SCT proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition. However, if KCSM is ultimately sanctioned in connection with the bundling and discriminatory pricing practices alleged by the Auto Manufacturer, any such sanction would be considered a “generic” sanction under Mexican law (i.e., sanctions applied to conduct not specifically referred to in specific subsections of the Mexican railway law). If challenges against any such sanction are conclusively ruled adversely to KCSM and a sanction is effectively imposed, and if the SCT imposes other “generic” sanctions on four additional occasions over the remaining term of KCSM’s railroad concession from the Mexican government (“the Concession”), KCSM could be subject to possible future SCT action seeking revocation of its Concession. Likewise, if each of the six refusals to allow Ferromex to serve the Auto Manufacturer in Coahuila were to be finally decided to warrant a separate sanction, KCSM could be subject to a future SCT action seeking revocation of its Concession. Revocation of the Concession would materially adversely affect KCSM’s results of operations and financial condition.
 
Disputes Relating to the Scope of the Mandatory Trackage Rights.   KCSM and Ferromex are parties to various cases involving disputes over the application and proper interpretation of the mandatory trackage rights. In particular, in August 2002, the SCT issued a ruling related to Ferromex’s trackage rights in Monterrey, Nuevo León. KCSM and Ferromex both appealed the SCT’s ruling and after considerable litigation, on September 17, 2008, the Mexican Administrative and Fiscal Federal Court announced a decision, which if upheld, would grant Ferromex rights that KCSM believes to be broader than those set forth in both its and Ferromex’s concession titles. KCSM further believes that this decision conflicts with current applicable law and with relevant judicial precedents. KCSM has challenged such resolution and intends to continue to pursue all other remedies available to it. KCSM believes that there will be no material adverse effect on KCSM’s results of operations or financial condition from the outcome of this case.


17


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Other SCT Sanction Proceedings.   In April 2006, the SCT initiated proceedings against KCSM, claiming that KCSM had failed to make certain minimum capital investments projected for 2004 and 2005 under its five-year business plan filed with the SCT prior to its April 2005 acquisition by Kansas City Southern (collectively, the “Capital Investment Proceedings”). KCSM believes it made capital expenditures exceeding the required amounts. KCSM responded to the SCT by providing evidence in support of its investments and explaining why it believes sanctions are not appropriate. In May 2007, KCSM was served with an SCT resolution regarding the Capital Investment Proceeding for 2004, where the SCT determined that KCSM had indeed failed to make the minimum capital investments required for such year, but resolved to impose no sanction as this would have been KCSM’s first breach of the relevant legal provisions. In June 2007, KCSM was served with an SCT resolution regarding the Capital Investment Proceeding for 2005, where the SCT determined that KCSM had indeed failed to make the minimum capital investments required for such year, and imposed a fine in the amount of Ps.46,800. KCSM has filed actions challenging both the 2004 and 2005 investment plan resolutions issued by the SCT. KCSM will have the right to challenge any adverse ruling by the Mexican Administrative and Fiscal Federal Court.
 
KCSM believes that even if sanctions are ultimately imposed as a consequence of the Capital Investment Proceedings, there will be no material adverse effect on its results of operations or financial condition. However, each of these potential sanctions is considered a “generic” sanction under Mexican law (i.e., sanctions applied to conduct not specifically referred to in specific subsections of the Mexican railway law). If these potential sanctions are conclusively ruled adversely against KCSM and sanctions are imposed, and if the SCT imposes other sanctions related to KCSM’s capital investments or other “generic” sanctions on three additional occasions over the remaining term of the Concession, KCSM could be subject to possible future SCT action seeking revocation of its Concession. Revocation would materially adversely affect the results of operations and financial condition of KCSM.
 
Mancera Proceeding.   In February 2006, Mancera Ernst & Young, S.C., (“Mancera”) filed a claim against KCSM seeking payment for an additional contingency fee for costs and expenses related to Mancera’s representation of KCSM in its value added tax or “VAT” claim against the Mexican government. Following litigation, KCSM was notified on February 10, 2009 that the Appeals Court of Mexico City released KCSM from any obligation for damages to Mancera but increased the amount of fees to be paid to Mancera above the contractual terms outlined in its engagement agreement with Mancera as interpreted by KCSM. KCSM has appealed this decision and intends to vigorously defend the matter. In addition, the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for its obligation and does not believe that the final resolution of this claim will have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
 
Third Party Contractual Agreements.   In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various third party contractual agreements related to the use of other railroads’ or municipalities’ infrastructure needed for the operations of the business. The Company is involved in certain disputes involving transportation rates and charges related to these agreements. While the outcome of these matters can not be predicted with certainty, the Company does not believe, when finally resolved, that these disputes will have a material effect on its results of operations or financial condition. However, an unexpected adverse resolution could have a material effect on the results of operations in a particular quarter or year.
 
Credit Risk.   The Company continually monitors risks related to the downturn in the economy and certain customer receivable concentrations. Significant changes in customer concentration or payment terms, deterioration of customer credit-worthiness or further weakening in economic trends could have a significant impact on the collectability of the Company’s receivables and operating results. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The Company has recorded reserves for uncollectability based on its best estimate at March 31, 2009.


18


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
8.   Geographic Information.
 
The Company strategically manages its rail operations as one reportable business segment over a single coordinated rail network that extends from the midwest and southeast portions of the United States south into Mexico and connects with other Class I railroads. Financial information reported at this level, such as revenues, operating income and cash flows from operations, is used by corporate management, including the Company’s chief operating decision-maker, in evaluating overall financial and operational performance, market strategies, as well as the decisions to allocate capital resources.
 
The following tables (in millions) provide information by geographic area pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”) as follows:
 
                 
    Three Months
 
    Ended March 31,  
Revenues
  2009     2008  
 
U.S. 
  $ 208.7     $ 244.6  
Mexico
    137.3       206.0  
                 
Total revenues
  $ 346.0     $ 450.6  
                 
 
                 
    March 31,
    December 31,
 
Long-lived Assets
  2009     2008  
 
U.S.
  $ 2,417.8     $ 2,342.1  
Mexico
    2,251.3       2,256.3  
                 
Total long-lived assets
  $ 4,669.1     $ 4,598.4  
                 
 
9.   Condensed Consolidating Financial Information.
 
KCSR has outstanding $275.0 million of 8.0% Senior Notes due 2015 and $190.0 million of 13.0% Senior Notes due 2013, which are unsecured obligations of KCSR, which are also jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by KCS and certain wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. As a result, the following accompanying condensed consolidating financial information (in millions) has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-10 “Financial statements of guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.” This condensed information is not intended to present the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the individual companies or groups of companies in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The 8.0% Senior Notes were registered by means of an amendment to KCS’ shelf registration statement filed and declared effective by the SEC on May 23, 2008. The 13.0% Senior Notes were registered under KCS’ shelf registration statement filed and declared effective by the SEC on November 21, 2008.


19


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2009  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 183.9     $ 2.9     $ 166.2     $ (7.0 )   $ 346.0  
Operating expenses
    1.3       152.3       3.8       147.7       (7.6 )     297.5  
                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    (1.3 )     31.6       (0.9 )     18.5       0.6       48.5  
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    5.8       0.5             1.0       (6.3 )     1.0  
Interest expense
    (0.7 )     (18.6 )           (23.0 )     0.5       (41.8 )
Debt retirement costs
          (5.3 )           (0.6 )           (5.9 )
Foreign exchange loss
                      (5.1 )           (5.1 )
Other income
    0.2       1.2             1.2       (1.1 )     1.5  
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    4.0       9.4       (0.9 )     (8.0 )     (6.3 )     (1.8 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    6.2       4.4       (0.3 )     (9.9 )           0.4  
                                                 
Net income (loss)
    (2.2 )     5.0       (0.6 )     1.9       (6.3 )     (2.2 )
Noncontrolling interest
                      (0.1 )           (0.1 )
                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Kansas City Southern and subsidiaries
  $ (2.2 )   $ 5.0     $ (0.6 )   $ 2.0     $ (6.3 )   $ (2.1 )
                                                 
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 217.7     $ 4.1     $ 237.5     $ (8.7 )   $ 450.6  
Operating expenses
    3.2       189.4       6.2       177.5       (9.1 )     367.2  
                                                 
Operating income (loss)
    (3.2 )     28.3       (2.1 )     60.0       0.4       83.4  
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    40.6       0.7             4.2       (41.4 )     4.1  
Interest expense
    (0.5 )     (16.3 )     (0.3 )     (22.6 )     0.2       (39.5 )
Foreign exchange gain
                      2.5             2.5  
Other income
          2.0             1.5       (0.5 )     3.0  
                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    36.9       14.7       (2.4 )     45.6       (41.3 )     53.5  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (0.9 )     6.3       (0.9 )     11.2             15.7  
                                                 
Net income (loss)
    37.8       8.4       (1.5 )     34.4       (41.3 )     37.8  
Noncontrolling interest
    0.1                               0.1  
                                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Kansas City Southern and subsidiaries
  $ 37.7     $ 8.4     $ (1.5 )   $ 34.4     $ (41.3 )   $ 37.7  
                                                 


20


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2009  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Assets:
                                               
Current assets
  $ 30.3     $ 178.0     $ 3.4     $ 397.8     $ (18.0 )   $ 591.5  
Investments held for operating purposes and affiliate investment
    2,143.6       33.2       1.9       1,705.9       (3,826.4 )     58.2  
Property and equipment, net
          1,522.9       211.8       1,766.7             3,501.4  
Concession assets, net
                      1,167.7             1,167.7  
Deferred income taxes
                      46.9             46.9  
Other assets
    1.0       36.3             28.7       (13.2 )     52.8  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 2,174.9     $ 1,770.4     $ 217.1     $ 5,113.7     $ (3,857.6 )   $ 5,418.5  
                                                 
Liabilities and equity:
                                               
Current liabilities
  $ 363.0     $ (308.4 )   $ 120.4     $ 326.8     $ (17.8 )   $ 484.0  
Long-term debt
    0.2       889.5       0.4       1,148.8             2,038.9  
Deferred income taxes
    (23.5 )     371.4       79.1       74.5             501.5  
Other liabilities
    4.0       131.4       7.3       84.8       (13.4 )     214.1  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,831.2       655.1       9.9       3,205.2       (3,795.0 )     1,906.4  
Noncontrolling interest
          31.4             273.6       (31.4 )     273.6  
                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 2,174.9     $ 1,770.4     $ 217.1     $ 5,113.7     $ (3,857.6 )   $ 5,418.5  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Assets:
                                               
Current assets
  $ 21.9     $ 354.0     $ 3.4     $ 319.6     $ (13.3 )   $ 685.6  
Investments held for operating purposes and affiliate investment
    2,280.4       45.2       1.8       722.8       (2,989.7 )     60.5  
Property and equipment, net
          1,593.6       213.4       1,609.3             3,416.3  
Concession assets, net
                      1,182.1             1,182.1  
Deferred income taxes
                      36.4             36.4  
Other assets
    1.0       37.6             33.5       (13.8 )     58.3  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 2,303.3     $ 2,030.4     $ 218.6     $ 3,903.7     $ (3,016.8 )   $ 5,439.2  
                                                 
Liabilities and equity:
                                               
Current liabilities
  $ 415.1     $ 391.8     $ 120.7     $ 178.1     $ (12.9 )   $ 1,092.8  
Long-term debt
    0.2       454.1       0.6       993.8             1,448.7  
Deferred income taxes
    (27.5 )     367.7       79.4       72.8             492.4  
Other liabilities
    4.0       134.3       7.5       88.5       (14.2 )     220.1  
Stockholders’ equity
    1,911.5       651.1       10.4       2,296.8       (2,958.3 )     1,911.5  
Noncontrolling interest
          31.4             273.7       (31.4 )     273.7  
                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 2,303.3     $ 2,030.4     $ 218.6     $ 3,903.7     $ (3,016.8 )   $ 5,439.2  
                                                 


21


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2009  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Operating activities:
                                               
Excluding intercompany activity
  $ 64.8     $ 57.4     $ 0.8     $ (59.2 )   $     $ 63.8  
Intercompany activity
    (53.4 )     (103.5 )           156.9              
                                                 
Net cash provided (used)
    11.4       (46.1 )     0.8       97.7             63.8  
                                                 
Investing activities:
                                               
Capital expenditures
          (34.7 )     (0.6 )     (65.6 )     1.0       (99.9 )
Return of investment
                      65.0       (65.0 )      
Contribution from NS for MSLLC (net of change in restricted contribution)
                      (1.5 )           (1.5 )
Property investments in MSLLC
                      (17.8 )           (17.8 )
Loans to affiliates
    (8.7 )                       8.7        
Other investing activities
          91.1             (86.4 )     (1.0 )     3.7  
                                                 
Net cash provided (used)
    (8.7 )     56.4       (0.6 )     (106.3 )     (56.3 )     (115.5 )
                                                 
Financing activities:
                                               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          33.7             189.0       (8.7 )     214.0  
Repayment of long-term debt
          (204.7 )           (34.0 )           (238.7 )
Debt costs
          (5.1 )           (4.2 )           (9.3 )
Other financing activities
    (2.5 )                 (65.0 )     65.0       (2.5 )
                                                 
Net cash provided (used)
    (2.5 )     (176.1 )           85.8       56.3       (36.5 )
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                                               
Net increase (decrease)
    0.2       (165.8 )     0.2       77.2             (88.2 )
At beginning of year
          177.9       0.2       51.8             229.9  
                                                 
At end of period
  $ 0.2     $ 12.1     $ 0.4     $ 129.0     $     $ 141.7  
                                                 
 


22


Table of Contents

 
Kansas City Southern
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended March 31, 2008  
                Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Consolidating
    Consolidated
 
    Parent     KCSR     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Adjustments     KCS  
 
Operating activities:
                                               
Excluding intercompany activity
  $ 3.4     $ 63.7     $ 1.2     $ 50.4     $     $ 118.7  
Intercompany activity
    0.9       8.6       (0.7 )     (8.8 )            
                                                 
Net cash provided
    4.3       72.3       0.5       41.6             118.7  
                                                 
Investing activities:
                                               
Capital expenditures
          (43.6 )           (48.9 )           (92.5 )
Contribution from NS for MSLLC (net of change in restricted contribution)
                      14.8             14.8  
Property investments in MSLLC
                      (16.9 )           (16.9 )
Other investing activities
          (34.8 )     (0.5 )     (25.0 )           (60.3 )
                                                 
Net cash used
          (78.4 )     (0.5 )     (76.0 )           (154.9 )
                                                 
Financing activities:
                                               
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
                      72.8             72.8  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (0.4 )     (4.6 )           (10.3 )           (15.3 )
Other financing activities
    (3.8 )                 (0.5 )           (4.3 )
                                                 
Net cash provided (used)
    (4.2 )     (4.6 )           62.0             53.2  
                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                                               
Net increase (decrease)
    0.1       (10.7 )           27.6             17.0  
At beginning of year
    (0.2 )     27.6       0.1       28.0             55.5  
                                                 
At end of period
  $ (0.1 )   $ 16.9     $ 0.1     $ 55.6     $     $ 72.5  
                                                 

23


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kansas City Southern:
 
We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Kansas City Southern and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2009, the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and noncontrolling interest for the three-month period ended March 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.
 
We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
 
Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended (not presented herein); and in our report dated February 13, 2009, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. Our report refers to the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , effective January 1, 2007. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.
 
KPMG LLP
 
Kansas City, Missouri
April 30, 2009


24


Table of Contents

Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The discussion below, as well as other portions of this Form 10-Q, contain forward-looking statements that are not based upon historical information. Such forward-looking statements are based upon information currently available to management and management’s perception thereof as of the date of this Form 10-Q. Readers can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of such verbs as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes” or similar verbs or conjugations of such verbs. The actual results of operations of Kansas City Southern (“KCS” or the “Company”) could materially differ from those indicated in forward-looking statements. The differences could be caused by a number of factors or combination of factors including, but not limited to, those factors identified in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is on file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 1-4717) incorporated by reference and in Part II Item 1A — “Risk Factors” in the Form 10-K and any updates contained herein. Readers are strongly encouraged to consider these factors when evaluating forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-Q will not be updated.
 
This discussion is intended to clarify and focus on the Company’s results of operations, certain changes in its financial position, liquidity, capital structure and business developments for the periods covered by the consolidated financial statements included under Item 1 of this Form 10-Q. This discussion should be read in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and is qualified by reference to them.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.
 
The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial position and results of operations is based upon its consolidated financial statements. The preparation of the financial statements requires estimation and judgment that affect the reported amounts of revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the accounting for assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. If the estimates differ materially from actual results, the impact on the consolidated financial statements may be material. The Company’s critical accounting policies are disclosed in the 2008 annual report on Form 10-K. There have been no significant changes with respect to these policies during the first three months of 2009.
 
Overview.
 
The Company is engaged in the freight rail transportation business operating a single coordinated rail network under one reportable business segment. The primary operating subsidiaries of the Company consists of the following: The Kansas City Southern Railway Company (“KCSR”), Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. (“KCSM”), Meridian Speedway, LLC (“MSLLC”), and The Texas Mexican Railway Company (“TexMex”). The Company generates revenues and cash flows by providing customers with freight delivery services within its regions, and throughout North America through connections with other Class I rail carriers. Customers conduct business in a number of different industries, including electric-generating utilities, chemical and petroleum products, industrial and consumer products, agriculture and mineral products, automotive products and intermodal transportation. Appropriate eliminations and reclassifications have been recorded in deriving consolidated financial statements.
 
First Quarter Analysis.
 
The Company reported quarterly losses of $0.08 per diluted share on consolidated net loss of $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to quarterly earnings of $0.39 per diluted share on consolidated net income of $37.7 million for the same period in 2008. This earnings decline reflects a 23.2% reduction in revenues during the three months ended March 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008. This significant revenue decline was primarily driven by the economic downturn that has affected most business sectors, and has resulted in industry-wide declines in carload/unit volumes. The revenue declines were


25


Table of Contents

partially offset by reduced fuel costs, reflecting reduced consumption and prices, and increased efficiency. The revenue declines were further mitigated by the Company’s cost control program including modifications to the Company’s operations in response to volumes and reduced headcount; however, due to increased depreciation and amortization expense and because certain operating costs are fixed in the short-term, operating expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 86.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2009 as compared to 81.5% for the same period in 2008.
 
Cash flows from operations decreased to $63.8 million as compared to $118.7 million for the three month periods ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, a decrease of $54.9 million from the prior year period. The decrease is primarily due to lower carload/unit volumes as previously discussed. Capital expenditures are a significant use of cash due to the capital intensive nature of railroad operations. Cash used for capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was $99.9 million as compared to $92.5 million for the same period in 2008.
 
Results of Operations.
 
Net income (loss) for the first quarter of 2009 decreased $39.8 million compared to the prior year first quarter.
 
The following summarizes KCS’ statement of operations (in millions) :
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Change  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percent  
 
Revenues
  $ 346.0     $ 450.6     $ (104.6 )     (23 )%
Operating expenses
    297.5       367.2       (69.7 )     (19 )%
                                 
Operating income
    48.5       83.4       (34.9 )     (42 )%
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    1.0       4.1       (3.1 )     (76 )%
Interest expense
    (41.8 )     (39.5 )     (2.3 )     6 %
Debt retirement costs
    (5.9 )           (5.9 )     100 %
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    (5.1 )     2.5       (7.6 )     (304 )%
Other income
    1.5       3.0       (1.5 )     (50 )%
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    (1.8 )     53.5       (55.3 )     (103 )%
Income tax expense
    0.4       15.7       (15.3 )     (97 )%
                                 
Net income (loss)
    (2.2 )     37.8       (40.0 )     (106 )%
Noncontrolling interest
    (0.1 )     0.1       (0.2 )     (200 )%
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Kansas City Southern and subsidiaries
  $ (2.1 )   $ 37.7     $ (39.8 )     (106 )%
                                 


26


Table of Contents

Revenues.
 
The following summarizes revenues ( in millions ) and carload statistics (in thousands):
 
                                                                 
    Revenues     Carloads and Units  
    Three Months Ended
          Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Change     March 31,     Change  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percent     2009     2008     Units     Percent  
 
Chemical and petroleum
  $ 71.5     $ 86.7     $ (15.2 )     (18 )%     55.5       61.6       (6.1 )     (10 )%
Industrial and consumer products
    82.0       123.9       (41.9 )     (34 )%     66.1       94.8       (28.7 )     (30 )%
Agriculture and minerals
    82.6       108.8       (26.2 )     (24 )%     62.2       71.8       (9.6 )     (13 )%
                                                                 
Total general commodities
    236.1       319.4       (83.3 )     (26 )%     183.8       228.2       (44.4 )     (19 )%
Intermodal
    30.6       35.8       (5.2 )     (15 )%     114.6       124.1       (9.5 )     (8 )%
Automotive
    12.3       28.3       (16.0 )     (57 )%     10.6       27.2       (16.6 )     (61 )%
Coal
    47.3       47.0       0.3       1 %     75.0       72.8       2.2       3 %
                                                                 
Carload revenues, carloads and units
    326.3       430.5       (104.2 )     (24 )%     384.0       452.3       (68.3 )     (15 )%
                                                                 
Other revenue
    19.7       20.1       (0.4 )     (2 )%                                
                                                                 
Total revenues(i)
  $ 346.0     $ 450.6     $ (104.6 )     (23 )%                                
                                                                 
(i) Included in revenues:
                                                               
Fuel surcharge
  $ 16.8     $ 41.6                                                  
                                                                 
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2009, revenues decreased $104.6 million compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to the overall decrease in carload/unit volumes resulting from the downturn in the economy, decreased fuel surcharge, and fluctuations in the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso exchange rate. Revenue per carload/unit decreased by 10.7% due to unfavorable commodity mix and fuel surcharge partially offset by an increase in core pricing.
 


27


Table of Contents

     
    Revenues by commodity
    group for the three months
    ended March 31, 2009
 
Chemical and petroleum. Revenues decreased $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, due to declines in volume and fuel surcharge. The decrease in demand for most chemical products was the result of the downturn in the economy. Plastic shipments to auto-related facilities also decreased, driven by the overall downturn in the automotive industry.
  . (PIE CHART)
Industrial and consumer products. Revenues decreased $41.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to decreases in volume and fuel surcharge. Forest products were affected by decreased demand, resulting from temporary mill shutdowns, bringing inventory in line with demand. Volumes in metals and scrap decreased primarily in pipe products and steel slab shipments. Pipe product volumes decreased as a result of lower demand for pipes used for drilling oil. Steel slab shipments decreased as the demand for products such as automobiles and appliances declined during the first quarter of 2009.
 
(PIE CHART)
     
Agriculture and minerals. Revenues decreased $26.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, due to decreases in volume and fuel surcharge. Grain traffic accounted for the majority of the decrease in revenues and carloads as traffic patterns shifted due to reduced vessel freight rates and a decline in cross-border traffic into Mexico, as availability of crops in Mexico has been sufficient to meet the demand. These factors also resulted in a decrease in the length of haul and revenue per carload compared to the prior quarter.
    (PIE CHART)
 
Intermodal.   Revenues decreased $5.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008, driven by decreases in volume and fuel surcharge. Due to the downturn in the economy, volumes of imports and exports of intermodal containerized business decreased.
 
Automotive.   Revenues decreased $16.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008. The volume decrease was driven by the continued overall downturn in the automotive industry as consumer uncertainty and tightening credit markets have reduced overall demand for new vehicles and resulted in several unscheduled plant shutdowns.
 
Coal.   Revenue increased $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, due to increases in volume and length of haul resulting from increased demand and improved velocity for unit coal trains destined for coal-fired electric generating facilities. This overall revenue increase was partially offset by a decline in petroleum coke volumes, used primarily in the cement and steel industry, due to reduced demand in these markets.
 
Operating Expenses.
 
Operating expenses, as shown below ( in millions ), decreased $69.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, when compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to decreased carload/unit volumes, cost control actions and fluctuations in the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso exchange rate. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

28


Table of Contents

                                 
    Three Months Ended
       
    March 31,     Change  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percent  
 
Compensation and benefits
  $ 78.0     $ 101.8     $ (23.8 )     (23 )%
Purchased services
    44.5       51.2       (6.7 )     (13 )%
Fuel
    43.3       77.8       (34.5 )     (44 )%
Equipment costs
    39.1       44.4       (5.3 )     (12 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    47.1       40.3       6.8       17 %
Casualties and insurance
    12.5       18.6       (6.1 )     (33 )%
Materials and other
    33.0       33.1       (0.1 )      
                                 
Total operating expenses
  $ 297.5     $ 367.2     $ (69.7 )     (19 )%
                                 
 
Compensation and benefits.   Compensation and benefits decreased $23.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to the decrease in compensation and benefits paid in Mexico from the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar against the Mexican peso, lower incentive compensation expense, including the Mexico statutory profit sharing expense, and a reduction in head count due to cost control actions.
 
Purchased services.   Purchased services decreased $6.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to an increase in car repairs billed to other railroads and joint facility income and a decrease in locomotive maintenance and corporate expenses, partially offset by an increase in track structure maintenance.
 
Fuel.   Fuel expense decreased $34.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared with the same period in 2008, primarily due to lower diesel fuel prices, lower consumption and increased fuel efficiency.
 
Equipment costs.   Equipment costs decreased $5.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared with the same period in 2008, primarily due to a decrease in the use of other railroads’ freight cars and lower freight car lease expense.
 
Depreciation and amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to a larger asset base reflecting recent capital expenditures to expand capacity.
 
Casualties and insurance.   Casualties and insurance expenses decreased $6.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to fewer derailments and lower average cost per derailment and a reduction to a large derailment reserve reflecting management’s revised expectations regarding resolution.
 
Materials and other.   Materials and other expense decreased $0.1 million. Materials and supplies used for the maintenance of locomotives and freight cars and employee expenses were lower as compared to the same period in 2008. In addition, the first quarter of 2008 included a favorable outcome related to a legal dispute.
 
Non-Operating Expenses.
 
Equity in Net Earnings (Losses) of Unconsolidated Affiliates.   Equity in earnings from unconsolidated affiliates was $1.0 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2009, compared to $4.1 million for the same period in 2008. Significant components of this change are as follows:
 
  •  Equity in earnings from the operations of PCRC was $0.3 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2009, compared to $1.5 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in container volume attributable to the downturn in the economy.
 
  •  Equity in earnings of Southern Capital Corporation, LLC was $1.1 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2009, compared to $1.3 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease is primarily attributed to a reduction in lease income due to casualty units as well as leases that expired in the fourth quarter of 2008.


29


Table of Contents

 
  •  KCSM’s equity in earnings of Ferrocarril y Terminal del Valle de México, S.A. de C.V. (“FTVM”) was a loss of $0.4 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2009, compared to earnings of $1.3 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease for the three months ended March 31, 2009 is primarily due to the decrease in operating income compared with the same period in 2008.
 
Interest Expense.   Interest expense increased by $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, mainly due to higher average debt balances.
 
Debt Retirement Costs.   Debt retirement costs were $5.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. In January 2009, KCSR redeemed its 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2009 and expensed $5.3 million for cash tender offer expenses and unamortized debt issuance costs. In addition, KCSM repaid all amounts outstanding under the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement and upon termination, wrote-off the unamortized debt issuance cost related to this debt.
 
Foreign Exchange.   For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, the average Mexican peso exchange rate per U.S. dollar was Ps.14.49 and Ps.10.76, respectively, resulting in a foreign exchange loss of $5.1 million compared to a foreign exchange gain of $2.5 million for the same period in 2008.
 
Other Income.   Other income decreased by $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, compared to the same period in 2008, primarily due to fees paid by KCSM related to an amendment to the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement in the first quarter of 2009, decreases in gains on sale of property and lower dividend and interest income.
 
Income Tax Expense.   For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the income tax provision was $0.4 million as compared to $15.7 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease in income taxes was due to a pre-tax loss for the three months ended March 31, 2009 compared to pre-tax income for the same period in 2008, partially offset by adjustments related to the settlement of tax audits. The effective income tax rate was (22.2%) and 29.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The change in the effective tax rate was due to lower pre-tax income, a shift in the composition of income in different taxing jurisdictions and foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
 
Overview.
 
KCS’ primary uses of cash are to support operations; maintain and improve its railroad; pay debt service and preferred stock dividends; acquire new and maintain existing locomotives, rolling stock and other equipment; and meet other obligations. See “Cash Flow Information” below.
 
As of March 31, 2009, KCS has a debt capitalization ratio (total debt as a percentage of total debt plus total equity) of 48.6 percent. Its primary sources of liquidity are cash flows generated from operations, borrowings under its revolving credit facility and access to debt and equity capital markets. Although KCS has had more than adequate access to the capital markets, as a non-investment grade company, the financial terms under which funding is obtained often contain restrictive covenants. The covenants constrain financial flexibility by restricting or prohibiting certain actions, including the ability to incur additional debt for any purpose other than refinancing existing debt, create or suffer to exist additional liens, make prepayments of particular debt, pay dividends on common stock, make capital investments, engage in transactions with stockholders and affiliates, issue capital stock, sell certain assets, and engage in mergers and consolidations or in sale-leaseback transactions. The Company was in compliance with all of its debt covenants as of March 31, 2009. On March 31, 2009, total available liquidity (the unrestricted cash balance plus revolving credit facility availability) was approximately $142 million.
 
The Company believes, based on current expectations, that cash and other liquid assets, operating cash flows, access to capital markets, and other available financing resources will be sufficient to fund anticipated operating, capital and debt service requirements and other commitments in the foreseeable future. KCS has no significant debt maturities until 2011. As previously announced, the Company intends to implement a program giving KCS the option of issuing equity up to an aggregate amount of $75 million from time to time and at its discretion. During the first quarter the Company continued to make capital investments to expand its system,


30


Table of Contents

primarily for the Victoria-Rosenberg line, which the Company expects to complete in the second quarter of 2009. The Company currently expects that capital expenditures in the second half of 2009 will be approximately half the capital spending of the first half of 2009.
 
KCS’ operating cash flow and financing alternatives can be unexpectedly impacted by various factors, some of which are outside of its control. For example, if KCS was to experience a continued reduction in revenues or a substantial increase in operating costs or other liabilities, its operating cash flows could be significantly reduced, increasing the risk of non-compliance with debt covenants. Additionally, the Company is subject to economic factors surrounding capital markets and its ability to obtain financing under reasonable terms is subject to market conditions. Recent volatility in capital markets and the tightening of market liquidity could impact KCS’ access to capital. Further, KCS’ cost of debt can be impacted by independent rating agencies, which assign debt ratings based on certain factors including credit measurements such as interest coverage and leverage ratios, liquidity and competitive position.
 
On March 24, 2009, Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”) lowered the corporate rating on KCS from B+ to B, the senior secured debt rating from BB to BB-, the senior unsecured debt rating from BB- to B+, the preferred stock rating from CCC+ to CCC and placed all ratings for KCS on Credit Watch with negative implications. On April 6, 2009 S&P affirmed all of KCS’ ratings, removed the Company from Credit Watch and changed the outlook to negative. On March 23, 2009, Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) lowered the corporate family and senior unsecured debt ratings of KCSM from B1 to B2, affirmed the ratings of KCS and KCSR and changed the outlook from stable to negative for all issuers.
 
On January 14, 2009, pursuant to an offer to purchase, KCSR commenced a cash tender offer and consent solicitation for any and all outstanding $200.0 million KCSR 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due June 15, 2009 (the “7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes”). As of January 28, 2009 (the consent deadline), KCSR received consents in connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation from holders of over 88% of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes. On January 29, 2009, KCSR purchased the tendered notes in accordance with the terms of the tender offer with proceeds received in 2008 from the issuance of the $190.0 million 13.0% Senior Notes due December 28, 2013 and other borrowings. On March 16, 2009, the Company transferred $24.2 million in principal and interest to U.S. Bank N.A., the trustee, in connection with the legal defeasance of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes to be paid to the remaining holders upon maturity on June 15, 2009.
 
On March 30, 2009, KCSM issued $200.0 million of 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due April 1, 2016 (the “12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes”), which bear interest semiannually at a fixed annual rate of 12 1 / 2 %. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes were issued at a discount to par value, resulting in an $11.0 million discount and a yield to maturity of 13 3 / 4 %. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations and rank pari passu in right of payment with KCSM’s existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. KCSM used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering, to repay all amounts outstanding under its unsecured credit agreement dated June 14, 2007 (the “2007 KCSM Credit Agreement”). Upon repayment of the outstanding amounts, KCSM terminated the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement, effective March 30, 2009. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes are redeemable at KCSM’s option in whole or in part on and after April 1, 2013, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) plus any accrued and unpaid interest: 2013 — 106.250%, 2014 — 103.125%, 2015 — 100.000%. In addition, KCSM may redeem up to 35% of the notes any time prior to April 1, 2012 from the proceeds of the sale of capital stock in KCSM or KCS. The 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes include certain covenants that restrict or prohibit certain actions.


31


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Information.
 
Summary cash flow data follows (in millions):
 
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Cash flows provided by (used for):
               
Operating activities
  $ 63.8     $ 118.7  
Investing activities
    (115.5 )     (154.9 )
Financing activities
    (36.5 )     53.2  
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (88.2 )     17.0  
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
    229.9       55.5  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
  $ 141.7     $ 72.5  
                 
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the consolidated cash position decreased $88.2 million from December 31, 2008, primarily due to lower cash provided by operating activities, the repurchase and defeasance of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes and repayment of borrowings under the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement, which was partially offset by the proceeds from the issuance of the 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes. As compared to the three months ended March 31, 2008, cash flows from operating activities decreased $54.9 million as a result of lower carload/unit volumes due to the downturn in the economy and decreased fuel surcharges. Net investing cash outflows decreased $39.4 million due to the purchase of locomotives in 2008 which were financed in the second quarter of 2008. Financing activity cash outflows increased $89.7 million due to the repurchase of the 7 1 / 2 % Senior Notes, repayment of the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement, partially offset by the proceeds from the issuance of the 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes.
 
KCS’ cash flow from operations has historically been sufficient to fund operations, roadway capital expenditures, other capital improvements and debt service. External sources of cash (principally bank debt, public and private debt, preferred stock and leases) have been used to refinance existing indebtedness and to fund acquisitions, new investments and equipment additions.
 
Capital Expenditures.
 
Capital improvements for roadway track structures and improvements are generally funded with cash flows from operations. KCS has historically used external sources such as loans or lease financing for equipment acquisition.
 
The following summarizes the cash capital expenditures by type (in millions):
 
                 
    Three Months Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Roadway capital program
  $ 45.5     $ 49.5  
Equipment
    2.3       8.6  
Capacity
    44.2       20.0  
Locomotive acquisitions
          10.8  
Information technology
    2.7       2.0  
Other
    5.2       1.6  
                 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 99.9     $ 92.5  
                 
 
For the three months ended March 31, 2009, approximately 45% of total capital expenditures related to the Victoria-Rosenberg line, which is expected to be substantially completed in the second quarter of 2009.


32


Table of Contents

Other Matters.
 
Employee and Labor Relations.   KCSM union employees are covered by one labor agreement, which was signed on June 23, 1997, between KCSM and the Sindicato de Trabajadores Ferrocarrileros de la República Mexicana (Mexican Railroad Union), for a term of 50 years, for the purpose of regulating the relationship between the parties and improving conditions for the union employees. Approximately 80% of KCSM employees are covered by this labor agreement. The compensation terms under this labor agreement are subject to renegotiation on an annual basis and all other terms are subject to negotiation every two years. Compensation terms and other benefits have been renegotiated and KCSM finalized these terms with the union during the fourth quarter of 2008 with the exception of the KCSM retirement benefit which is still under negotiations. The anticipated resolution of the retirement benefit in 2009 is not expected to have a material impact to the consolidated financial statements. The union labor negotiation with the Mexican Railroad Union has not historically resulted in any strike, boycott, or other disruption in KCSM’s business operations.
 
Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
 
There was no material change during the quarter from the information set forth in Part II, Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Item 4.    Controls and Procedures.
 
(a)  Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As of the end of the fiscal quarter for which this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is filed, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have each concluded that the Company’s current disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
(b)  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter for which this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is filed that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Item 4T.    Controls and Procedures.
 
Not applicable.
 
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1.    Legal Proceedings.
 
For information related to the Company’s settlements and other legal proceedings, see Note 7, Commitments and Contingencies under Part I, Item 1, of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors.
 
There were no material changes during the quarter in the Risk Factors disclosed in Item 1A — “Risk Factors” in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.


33


Table of Contents

Item 2.    Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
 
None
 
Item 3.    Defaults upon Senior Securities.
 
None
 
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
None
 
Item 5.    Other Information.
 
None
 
Item 6.    Exhibits.
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibits Filed with this Report
 
  2 .1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 30, 2009 (“2009 KCSM Registration Rights Agreement”), between Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. (“KCSM”) and Banc of America Securities, LLC, as representative of the placement agents listed therein, is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 2.1.
  4 .1   Indenture, dated March 30, 2009, between KCSM and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “2009 KCSM Indenture”), is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 4.1.
  10 .1   2009 KCSM Registration Rights Agreement. (See Exhibit 2.1)
  10 .2   2009 KCSM Indenture (See Exhibit 4.1)
  10 .3   Amended and Restated Kansas City Southern Annual Incentive Plan, as approved by the Company’s Compensation and Organization Committee on March 10, 2009, is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 10.3.
  10 .4   English translation of the Employment Agreement, dated April 20, 2006, between Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. and José Guillermo Zozaya Delano, is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 10.4
  15 .1   Letter regarding unaudited interim financial information is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 15.1.
  31 .1   Principal Executive Officer’s Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 31.1.
  31 .2   Principal Financial Officer’s Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 31.2.
  32 .1   Principal Executive Officer’s Certification furnished Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 32.1.
  32 .2   Principal Financial Officer’s Certification furnished Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is attached to this Form 10-Q as Exhibit 32.2.
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Exhibits Incorporated by Reference
 
  10 .5   Third Supplemental Indenture dated January 27, 2009, between The Kansas City Southern Railway Company, Kansas City Southern, Gateway Eastern Railway Company, Pabtex I, L.P., Pabtex GP, LLC, SIS Bulk Holding, Inc., Southern Development Company, Southern Industrial Services, Inc., and Trans-Serve, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K on February 2, 2009 (File No. 1-4717), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.5.
  10 .6   Amendment No. 3 and Waiver No. 2 dated as of February 11, 2009, to the 2007 KCSM Credit Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.43.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K on February 17, 2009 (File No. 1-4717), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.6.


34


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized and in the capacities indicated on April 30, 2009.
 
Kansas City Southern
 
/s/  Michael W. Upchurch
Michael W. Upchurch
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
/s/  Mary K. Stadler
Mary K. Stadler
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)


35

Exhibit 2.1
EXECUTION COPY
KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN de MÉXICO, S.A. de C.V.
U.S. $200,000,000 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes Due 2016
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
March 30, 2009
Banc of America Securities LLC
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
DVB Capital Markets LLC
     as Placement Agents
 c/o Banc of America Securities LLC
 One Bryant Park
 New York, New York 10036
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of the United Mexican States (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to Banc of America Securities LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. and DVB Capital Markets LLC (the “Placement Agents”), U.S. $200,000,000 principal amount of its 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes Due 2016 (the “Securities”), upon the terms set forth in the Placement Agreement between the Company and the Placement Agents dated March 24, 2009 (the “Placement Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Securities. To induce the Placement Agents to enter into the Placement Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Placement Agents) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:
     1.  Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Placement Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
     “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
     “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.
     “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

 


 

     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
     “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities.
     “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
     “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
     “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include the Placement Agents) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) for New Securities.
     “Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated March 24, 2009, relating to the Securities, including any and all exhibits and appendices thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.
     “FINRA Rules” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
     “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of March 30, 2009, among the Company, U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and paying agent, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
     “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
     “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities registered under a Registration Statement.
         
    2   Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

     “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment bank or investment banks and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.
     “New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) to be issued under the New Securities Indenture.
     “New Securities Indenture” shall mean an indenture between the Company and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), which may be the Indenture if in the terms thereof appropriate provision is made for the New Securities.
     “New Securities Trustee” shall mean a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the Placement Agents, as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture.
     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein.
     “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities.
     “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that have been (A) registered under a Registration Statement and exchanged or otherwise disposed of in accordance therewith or (B) distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission and (ii) any New Securities, the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.
     “Registration Default Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.
     “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
     “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

3


 

     “Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) hereof.
     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
     “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
     “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.
     2.  Registered Exchange Offer . (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act and to complete the Registered Exchange Offer within 360 days of the Closing Date.
     (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.
     (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
     (i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days and use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not more than 40 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);

4


 

     (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;
     (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them;
     (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities (in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open;
     (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company is conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the Company’s information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and
     (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.
     (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
     (i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (iii) cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
     (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (i) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with

5


 

any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that:
     (i) any New Securities to be received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
     (ii) at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and
     (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company;
and to make such other representations as may be necessary under applicable Commission rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of the Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the Act available.
     (f) If, in the reasonable opinion of the Placement Agents, it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of the Placement Agents, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Placement Agents or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from the Placement Agents, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.
     3.  Shelf Registration . (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 360 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Holder (other than the Placement Agents) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer other than by reason of such Holder being an Affiliate of the Company; (iv) based on their reasonable opinion, the Placement Agents so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer that are held by them following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, such request being in writing and delivered to the Company; or (v) in the case that the Placement Agents participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquire New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, in their reasonable opinion the Placement Agents do not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (A) the requirement that the Placement Agents deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable” and (B) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New

6


 

Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.
     (b) (i) The Company shall as promptly as practicable file with the Commission and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 360 days after the Closing Date, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than the Placement Agents) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder (it being understood that Holders who would have received freely transferable Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer had they not (A) failed to duly tender their Securities for exchange pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer (other than the Placement Agents in connection with Securities held by them constituting any portion of an unsold allotment), or otherwise failed to comply with the requirements of the Registered Exchange Offer as provided in Section 2 hereof or (B) failed to furnish to the Company such information as the Company may request in accordance with Section 4(o) in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement, shall not retain any rights under this Agreement, including any right to have Securities owned by them included in any Shelf Registration Statement); and provided further that, with respect to New Securities received by the Placement Agents in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K of the Act, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.
          (ii) The Company shall, except as permitted under Section 4(k)(ii), keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period (the “Shelf Registration Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until (A) the first anniversary thereof or (B) the earlier date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
          (iii) The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

7


 

     4.  Additional Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.
     (a) The Company shall:
     (i) furnish to the Placement Agents and to counsel for the Majority Holders, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Placement Agents may reasonably propose;
     (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
     (iii) if requested by the Placement Agents, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and
     (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.
     (b) The Company shall ensure that:
     (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and
     (ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
     (c) The Company shall advise the Placement Agents, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by any Placement Agent or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

8


 

     (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
     (d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
     (e) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).
     (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.
     (g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

9


 

     (h) The Company shall promptly deliver to the Placement Agents, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Placement Agents, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Securities or New Securities.
(k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Placement Agents, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.
     (ii) Upon the happening of any event of the kind described in subsection (c)(v) hereof, or the determination by the Company that, in its reasonable judgment and upon written advice of counsel, the continued effectiveness and use of the Shelf Registration Statement would require the disclosure of confidential information or interfere with any financing, acquisition, reorganization or other material transaction involving the Company, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Securities or New Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by subsection (f) hereof (or a notice from the Company that such Holder may resume use of the existing Prospectus), and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the

10


 

Company’s expense) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have (A) received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions or (B) a notice permitting use of the existing Prospectus. The Company may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions may not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.
     (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
     (m) The Company shall comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 180 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.
     (n) The Company shall cause the New Securities Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.
     (o) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
     (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof.
     (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such

11


 

Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided, however, that, if any such records, documents or other information are related to pending or proposed acquisitions or dispositions, or otherwise related to matters reasonably considered by the Company to constitute sensitive or proprietary information, the Company need not provide such records, documents or information unless the foregoing parties enter into a confidentiality agreement in customary form and reasonably acceptable to such parties and the Company;
     (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, legal counsel, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that such information may not be used for any other purpose than due diligence and provided further, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, legal counsel, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;
     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Placement Agreement;
     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
     (v) obtain comfort letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, provided that such letters need not be addressed to any Holder to whom, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s independent public accountants, addressing such letter is not permissible under applicable accounting standards, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

12


 

     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; and
     (vii) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, (A) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and (B) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing.
The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at (i) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
(r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall:
     (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Placement Agents, and any legal counsel, accountant or other agent retained by the Placement Agents, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; provided, however, that, if any such records, documents or other information related to pending or proposed acquisitions or dispositions, or otherwise related to matters reasonably acceptable to such parties and the Company to constitute sensitive or proprietary information, the Company need not provide such records, documents or information unless the foregoing parties enter into a confidentiality agreement in customary form and reasonably acceptable to such parties and the Company;
     (ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that such information may not be used for any purpose other than due diligence and provided, further, however, that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Placement Agents or any such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;
     (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Placement Agents, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Placement Agreement;

13


 

     (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Placement Agents and their counsel, addressed to the Placement Agents, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel;
     (v) obtain comfort letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the Placement Agents, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel in lieu of a comfort letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel; and
     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Placement Agents or their counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements;
     provided, however that the Company will be required to perform the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) only upon the reasonable request by the Placement Agents to the Company or the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more broker-dealers who certify to the Placement Agents and the Company in writing that they anticipate they will receive New Securities for their own account in the Exchange Offer for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, and, based on the position of the Commission as described in Section 2(e), will be required to satisfy the prospectus delivery obligation under the Act in connection with the resale of such New Securities; and provided further, that the Company will not be required to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period exceeding the Exchange Offer Registration Period, and such broker-dealers shall not be authorized by the Company to deliver and shall not deliver such Prospectus after such period in connection with resales contemplated in this subsection (r); and provided, further, that the Company will be obligated to deal only with one entity representing such broker-dealers, which shall be Banc of America Securities LLC, unless it elects not to act as such representative, and to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of only one counsel representing such broker-dealers, which shall be the counsel to the Placement Agents, unless such counsel elects not to so act, and to cause to be delivered only one, if any, comfort letter with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the expiration of the Exchange Offer and with respect to each subsequent amendment or supplement, if any, effected during the period specified above.
     The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

14


 

     (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company shall mark, or cause to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
     (t) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to confirm that the ratings issued to the Securities prior to their initial sale will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
     (u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the FINRA Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the FINRA Rules.
     (v) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
     5.  Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Shearman & Sterling LLP, but which may, with the written consent of the Placement Agents, be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Placement Agents for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
     6.  Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, the Placement Agents and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder, the Placement Agents or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, the Placement Agents or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, including all documents incorporated by reference therein or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

15


 

the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein; provided further, however, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in any preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus, (ii) the Company had previously furnished copies of the Prospectus to such Holder prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities or New Securities and (iii) such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, to such person, a copy of the Prospectus; and provided further, however, that the Company shall not be liable to an indemnified party with respect to any Prospectus or Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereof to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of such indemnified party arises out of, or is based upon, (i) the use of any Registration Statement during a period when a stop order has been issued by the Commission in respect thereof or (ii) the use of the Prospectus during a period when the use of the Prospectus has been suspended in accordance with the instructions of the Company because of the discovery of any untrue statement or omission of a material fact therein, provided that all Holders of Securities or New Securities received prior written notice of such stop order or suspension and such indemnified party, knowingly and voluntarily continued to use such Prospectus or Registration Statement. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.
     The Company also agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Placement Agents and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.
     (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including the Placement Agents, but only if such Placement Agent is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information

16


 

relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.
     (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such

17


 

Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall the Placement Agents be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, nor shall any Holder be responsible, in the aggregate for any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission which resulted in such Losses, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (i) the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and (ii) the total amount of additional interest which the Company was not required to pay as a result of registering the securities covered by the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits received by the Placement Agents shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions less any expenses reimbursed pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Placement Agreement, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
     (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the officers,

18


 

directors or controlling persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.
     7.  Underwritten Registrations . (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders.
     (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
     8.  Registration Defaults . If any of the following events shall occur, then the Company shall pay liquidated damages (the “Registration Default Damages”) to the Holders of Securities in respect of the Securities as follows:
     (a) if on or prior to the 360th day of following the Closing Date, neither the Registered Exchange Offer has been completed nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, then Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of .25% per annum and shall be payable in accordance with the interest payment provisions of the Securities; or
     (b) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement, then commencing on the day the Registration Statement ceases to be effective, Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of .25% per annum and shall be payable in accordance with the interest payment provisions of the Securities;
provided, however, that (i) upon completion of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (a) above), or (ii) upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of paragraph (b) above), Registration Default Damages shall cease to accrue.
     9.  No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
     10.  Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Placement Agents hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of the Placement Agents against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent

19


 

is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided further that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Placement Agents and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.
     11.  Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture;
     (b) if to the Placement Agents, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Placement Agreement; and
     (c) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the Placement Agreement.
     All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
     The Placement Agents or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
     12.  Remedies . Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Placement Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     13.  Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities. The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

20


 

     14.  Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto agrees that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Company hereby appoints C T Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein which may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, by any Holder or the Placement Agents, the directors, officers, employees and agents of any Holder or the Placement Agents, or by any person who controls any Holder or the Placement Agents, and expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities shall be outstanding. To the extent that the Company may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     15.  Currency . Each reference in this Agreement to U.S. dollars (the “relevant currency”) is of the essence. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligation of the Company in respect of any amount due under this Agreement will, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), be discharged only to the extent of the amount in the relevant currency that the party entitled to receive such payment may, in accordance with its normal procedures, purchase with the sum paid in such other currency (after any premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such party receives such payment. If the amount in the relevant currency that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due, the Company will pay such additional amounts, in the relevant currency, as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. Any obligation of the Company not discharged by such payment will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be due as a separate and independent obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, will continue in full force and effect.
     16.  Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Company hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

21


 

     17.  Third Party Beneficiary . The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Placement Agents, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of Holders hereunder.
     18.  Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     19.  Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     20.  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.
     21.  Severability . In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
     22.  Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

22


 

EXECUTION COPY
     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the Placement Agents.
         
  Very truly yours,

KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN de MÉXICO, S.A. de C.V.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Weyandt    
    Name:   Paul J. Weyandt   
    Title:   Treasurer & Attorney – in – fact   
 
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date first above written.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several
Placement Agents.
By: Banc of America Securities LLC
         
   
By:   /s/ Stephan Jaeger    
  Name:   Stephan Jaeger   
  Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
ANNEX A
     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 


 

ANNEX B
     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 


 

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
     Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.
     The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.
     For a period of one year after the expiration date, the company will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.
[If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.]

 


 

ANNEX D
Rider A
PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name: ____________________________
Address: __________________________
       __________________________
Rider B
If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities nor will it have any such arrangements or understandings upon consummation of the Exchange Offer. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

 

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION VERSION
 
 
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.,
as Issuer
and
U.S. Bank National Association,
as Trustee
and
as Paying Agent
                    
Indenture
Dated as of March 30, 2009
                     /
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016
 
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
     
TIA Sections   Indenture Sections
 
   
§  310(a)(1)
  7.10
(a)(2)
  7.10
(b)
  7.03; 7.08
§ 311
  7.03
§ 313(a)
  7.06
(c)
  7.05; 7.06
§ 314(a)
  4.18; 13.02
(a)(4)
  1.01 “Officers’ Certificate”
(c)(1)
  13.03
(c)(2)
  13.03
(e)
  1.01 “Officers’ Certificate,”
 
          “Opinion of Counsel”
 
   
§ 315(a)-(d)
  7.02
§ 316(a)
  6.06
(b)
  6.07
§ 317(a)(1)
  6.08
(a)(2)
  6.09
§ 318(a)
  13.01
(c)
  13.01
Note :     The Cross-Reference Table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
   
  Page
   
ARTICLE ONE
       
   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
       
SECTION 1.01  
Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.02  
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    20  
SECTION 1.03  
Rules of Construction
    21  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE TWO
       
   
THE NOTES
       
   
 
       
SECTION 2.01  
Form and Dating
    21  
SECTION 2.02  
Restrictive Legends
    22  
SECTION 2.03  
Execution, Authentication and Denominations
    24  
SECTION 2.04  
Registrar and Paying Agent
    25  
SECTION 2.05  
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    26  
SECTION 2.06  
Transfer and Exchange
    27  
SECTION 2.07  
Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
    27  
SECTION 2.08  
Special Transfer Provisions
    29  
SECTION 2.09  
Replacement Notes
    32  
SECTION 2.10  
Outstanding Notes
    32  
SECTION 2.11  
Temporary Notes
    33  
SECTION 2.12  
Cancellation
    33  
SECTION 2.13  
CUSIP Numbers
    33  
SECTION 2.14  
Defaulted Interest
    33  
SECTION 2.15  
Issuance of Additional Notes
    33  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE THREE
       
   
REDEMPTION
       
   
 
       
SECTION 3.01  
Optional Redemption
    34  
SECTION 3.02  
Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes
    34  
SECTION 3.03  
Notices to Trustee
    35  
SECTION 3.04  
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
    35  
SECTION 3.05  
Add On Notes
    35  
SECTION 3.06  
Notice of Redemption
    36  
SECTION 3.07  
Effect of Notice of Redemption
    37  
SECTION 3.08  
Deposit of Redemption Price
    37  
SECTION 3.09  
Payment of Notes Called for Redemption
    37  
SECTION 3.10  
Notes Redeemed in Part
    37  
             
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE FOUR
       
   
COVENANTS
       
   
 
       
SECTION 4.01  
Payment of Notes
    37  
SECTION 4.02  
Maintenance of Office or Agency
    38  


 

             
   
  Page
SECTION 4.03  
Limitation on Indebtedness
    38  
SECTION 4.04  
Limitation on Restricted Payments
    41  
SECTION 4.05  
Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
    44  
SECTION 4.06  
Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
    44  
SECTION 4.07  
Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries
    45  
SECTION 4.08  
Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates
    45  
SECTION 4.09  
Limitation on Liens
    46  
SECTION 4.10  
Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions
    47  
SECTION 4.11  
Limitation on Asset Sales
    47  
SECTION 4.12  
Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control
    48  
SECTION 4.13  
Existence
    48  
SECTION 4.14  
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
    49  
SECTION 4.15  
Maintenance of Properties and Insurance
    49  
SECTION 4.16  
Notice of Defaults
    49  
SECTION 4.17  
Compliance Certificates
    49  
SECTION 4.18  
Commission Reports and Reports to Holders
    50  
SECTION 4.19  
Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    51  
SECTION 4.20  
Additional Amounts
    51  
SECTION 4.21  
Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores
    54  
SECTION 4.22  
Covenant Termination
    54  
             
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE FIVE
       
   
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
       
   
 
       
SECTION 5.01  
When Company May Merge, Etc.
    54  
SECTION 5.02  
Successor Substituted
    55  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE SIX
       
   
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
       
   
 
       
SECTION 6.01  
Events of Default
    55  
SECTION 6.02  
Acceleration
    57  
SECTION 6.03  
Other Remedies
    57  
SECTION 6.04  
Waiver of Past Defaults
    57  
SECTION 6.05  
Control by Majority
    57  
SECTION 6.06  
Limitation on Suits
    58  
SECTION 6.07  
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
    58  
SECTION 6.08  
Collection Suit by Trustee
    58  
SECTION 6.09  
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    59  
SECTION 6.10  
Priorities
    59  
SECTION 6.11  
Undertaking for Costs
    59  
SECTION 6.12  
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    60  
SECTION 6.13  
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    60  
SECTION 6.14  
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    60  

ii 


 

             
   
  Page
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE SEVEN
       
   
TRUSTEE
       
   
 
       
SECTION 7.01  
General
    60  
SECTION 7.02  
Certain Rights of Trustee
    61  
SECTION 7.03  
Individual Rights of Trustee
    62  
SECTION 7.04  
Trustee’s Disclaimer
    62  
SECTION 7.05  
Notice of Default
    62  
SECTION 7.06  
Reports by Trustee to Holders
    62  
SECTION 7.07  
Compensation and Indemnity
    62  
SECTION 7.08  
Replacement of Trustee
    63  
SECTION 7.09  
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
    64  
SECTION 7.10  
Eligibility
    64  
SECTION 7.11  
Money Held in Trust
    64  
SECTION 7.12  
Withholding Taxes
    65  
SECTION 7.13  
Appointment of Co-Trustee
    65  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE EIGHT
       
   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE, DEFEASANCE
       
   
 
       
SECTION 8.01  
Termination of Company’s Obligations
    66  
SECTION 8.02  
Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture
    66  
SECTION 8.03  
Defeasance of Certain Obligations
    68  
SECTION 8.04  
Application of Trust Money
    70  
SECTION 8.05  
Repayment to Company
    70  
SECTION 8.06  
Reinstatement
    70  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE NINE
       
   
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
       
   
 
       
SECTION 9.01  
Without Consent of Holders
    70  
SECTION 9.02  
With Consent of Holders
    71  
SECTION 9.03  
Revocation and Effect of Consent
    72  
SECTION 9.04  
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    72  
SECTION 9.05  
Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
    73  
SECTION 9.06  
Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
    73  
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE TEN
       
   
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
       
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE ELEVEN
       
   
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
       
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE TWELVE
       
   
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
       
   
 
       
   
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
       
   
MISCELLANEOUS
       

iii 


 

             
   
  Page
   
 
       
SECTION 13.01  
Trust Indenture Act of 1939
    73  
SECTION 13.02  
Notices
    73  
SECTION 13.03  
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    74  
SECTION 13.04  
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    75  
SECTION 13.05  
Meetings of Noteholders
    75  
SECTION 13.06  
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar
    75  
SECTION 13.07  
Payment Date Other Than a Business Day
    75  
SECTION 13.08  
Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Agent for Service
    75  
SECTION 13.09  
Currency Indemnity
    76  
SECTION 13.10  
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    76  
SECTION 13.11  
No Recourse Against Others
    76  
SECTION 13.12  
Successors
    77  
SECTION 13.13  
Duplicate Originals
    77  
SECTION 13.14  
Separability
    77  
SECTION 13.15  
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
    77  
SECTION 13.16  
Waiver of Immunity
    77  

iv 


 

          INDENTURE, dated as of March 30, 2009, between Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V., a variable capital company ( sociedad anónima de capital variable ) organized under the laws of Mexico, as Issuer (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), and as Paying Agent (in such capacity, the “ Paying Agent ”).
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Company’s 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”) issuable as provided in this Indenture of which U.S.$200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount will be initially issued on the Closing Date. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and without the consent of the Holders, the Company may issue Add On Notes as provided for herein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein), the Notes may become freely transferable upon the consummation of an exchange offer for the Notes or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement with respect to the Notes. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company as hereinafter provided.
          This Indenture will be subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, that are required to be a part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
AND THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH
          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined herein) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows.
ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
          SECTION 1.01 Definitions .
          “ Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with an Asset Acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition; provided that Indebtedness of such Person which is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transactions by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Asset Acquisition shall not be Acquired Indebtedness.
          “ Additional Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.

 


 

          “ Add On Note Board Resolutions ” means resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and delivered to the Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate providing for the issuance of Add On Notes.
          “ Add On Note Supplemental Indenture ” means a supplement to this Indenture duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee pursuant to Article 9 providing for the issuance of Add On Notes.
          “ Add On Notes ” means the Company’s notes originally issued after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.05, including any replacement notes and any Exchange Notes as specified in the relevant Add On Note Board Resolutions or Add On Note Supplemental Indenture issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture.
          “ Adjusted Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following items shall be excluded in computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) has a joint interest and the net income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person or such Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period; (ii) solely for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of Section 4.04 (and in such case, except to the extent includible pursuant to clause (i) above), the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Person are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary; (iv) any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to Asset Sales; and (v) all extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses.
          “ Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), except to the extent resulting from write-ups of capital assets following the Closing Date (but including write-ups in connection with accounting for acquisitions in conformity with GAAP), after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and those of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all as set forth on the most recent quarterly or annual consolidated balance sheet of the Company and that of its Restricted Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP and filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18.

2


 

          “ Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent or co-Registrar.
          “ Agent Members ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.07(a).
          “ Asset Acquisition ” means (i) an investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or shall be merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and those of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such investment or (ii) an acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the property and assets of any Person other than any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that constitute substantially all of a division or line of business of such Person; provided that the property and assets acquired are related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and those of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such acquisition.
          “ Asset Disposition ” means the sale or other disposition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company or (ii) all or substantially all of the assets that constitute a division or line of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “ Asset Sale ” means any sale, transfer or other disposition (including by way of merger, consolidation or sale-leaseback transaction) in one transaction or a series of related transactions by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) all or any of the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) all or substantially all of the property and assets of an operating unit or business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Capital Stock, property or assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, that is not governed by the provisions of the Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided that “Asset Sale” shall not include (a) sales or other dispositions of inventory, receivables and other current assets, (b) sales or other dispositions of assets for consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or disposed of, provided that the consideration received would satisfy clause (ii)(A)(2) of the first paragraph of Section 4.11, (c) swaps of locomotives or rolling stock with any Affiliate in cases where the Fair Market Value of the locomotives or rolling stock received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the locomotives or rolling stock transferred, (d) any sale, transfer or other disposition of

3


 

property to a Person who leases such property back to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries within 180 days following the date of the acquisition of such property by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (e) sales or other dispositions of property or assets, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, having a fair market value of less than U.S.$2.0 million.
          “ Attributable Debt ” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).
          “ Average Life ” means, at any date of determination with respect to any debt security, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years from such date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such debt security and (b) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or the Executive Committee thereof, if duly authorized to act with respect to this Indenture.
          “ Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution, certified by the Secretary, Pro-Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, as required by the context to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York, or in the city of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close.
          “ Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) in equity of such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
          “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “ Change of Control ” means such time as (i) KCS ceases to be the ultimate “beneficial owner” (defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock representing more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the total Voting Stock of the Company; or (ii) individuals who on the Closing Date constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the members of such Board of Directors then in office who either were members of such Board of Directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or who were

4


 

appointed by KCS) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then in office. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of clarifying clause (i) above, if any Person becomes the “beneficial owner” (defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50.0% of the Voting Stock of the Company held by KCS, other than a Person for which KCS is the beneficial owner of more than 50.0% of such Person’s Voting Stock, KCS will no longer be deemed to be the ultimate “beneficial owner” (defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Voting Stock representing more than 50.0% of the total voting power of the total Voting Stock of the Company.
          “ Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.
          “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued under this Indenture.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body performing such duties at such time.
          “ Common Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s equity, other than Disqualified Stock of such Person, whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date, including all Common Stock (other than Disqualified Stock). For purposes of this definition, “Common Stock” shall include all shares, interests, participations and equivalents corresponding to common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized.
          “ Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.
          “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any two Officers.
          “ Concession Title ” means the right of the Company for a period of 30 years to be the exclusive provider (subject to certain trackage rights) of freight transportation services over the Northeast Rail Lines and for an additional 20 years to be a non-exclusive provider of such services granted by the Mexican government pursuant to the Concession Title, subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of the Concession Title, as in effect on June 23, 1997.
          “ Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of the amounts for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (ii) consolidated interest expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (iii) income and asset taxes, to the extent such amounts were deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than income taxes (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary and non-recurring gains or losses or Asset Sales), (iv) depreciation expense, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (v) amortization expense, to the extent such amounts were deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net

5


 

Income, (vi) non-cash expenses related to statutory employee profit-sharing, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, and (vii) all other non-cash items reducing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (other than items that will require cash payments and for which an accrual or reserve is, or is required by GAAP to be, made), all as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that, if any Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise reduced in accordance with GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income attributable to such Restricted Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary not owned on the last day of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries divided by (2) the total number of shares of outstanding Common Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary on the last day of such period.
          “ Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest in respect of Indebtedness (including amortization of original issue discount on any Indebtedness and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, calculated in accordance with GAAP; all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing; the net costs (net of benefits) associated with Interest Rate Agreements; and interest paid (by any Person) with respect to Indebtedness that is Guaranteed or secured by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and all but the principal component of rentals in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or to be accrued by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; excluding , however , (i) (a) any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary if the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (b) any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof (but only in the same proportion as the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums, fees and expenses (and any amortization or write-off thereof) payable in connection with the offer of the Existing Securities and the Notes, the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Existing Securities and the Notes, all as determined on a consolidated basis (without taking into account Unrestricted Subsidiaries) in conformity with GAAP.
          “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date of this Indenture, located at Goodwin Square, 225 Asylum Street, Hartford Connecticut 06103 — 1919.
          “ Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of

6


 

receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuance of notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
          “ Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors.
          “ Disqualified Stock ” means any class or series of Capital Stock of any Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; (ii) redeemable at the option of the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; or (iii) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an Asset Sale or Change of Control occurring prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the Asset Sale or Change of Control provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in Section 4.11 and Section 4.12 and such Capital Stock specifically provides that such Person will not repurchase or redeem any such stock pursuant to such provision prior to the Company’s repurchase of such Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to Section 4.11 and Section 4.12.
          “ Equity Offering ” means any public or private offer and sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock).
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.
          “ Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
          “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “ Exchange Notes ” means any securities of the Company containing terms identical to the Notes (except that such Exchange Notes (i) shall be registered under the Securities Act, (ii) will not provide for an increase in the rate of interest (other than with respect to overdue amounts) and (iii) will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) that are issued and exchanged for such Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture.

7


 

          “ Exchange Offer ” means the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Notes for the Notes.
          “ Existing Indentures ” means (i) the indenture dated as of April 19, 2005 between the Company, as issuer, and the Bank of Nova Scotia, as Trustee and Paying Agent, (ii) the Indenture, dated as of November 21, 2006, between the Company, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Paying Agent, and (iii) the Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2007, among the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.
          “ Existing Securities ” means the outstanding 9.375% Senior Notes due 2012 of the Company, the outstanding 7.625% Senior Notes due 2013 of the Company and the outstanding 7.375% Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company.
          “ Fair Market Value ” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive if evidenced by a Board Resolution.
          “ Four Quarter Period ” means, with respect to any specified Transaction Date, the then most recent four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed with the Commission or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date, including those set forth in:
     (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;
     (2) the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
     (3) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
     (4) such other statements by such other entities as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession; and
     (5) the rules and regulations of the Commission governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the Commission.
All calculations and determinations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
          “ Global Notes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.

8


 

          “ Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by, or participation in pools consisting solely of (or repurchase transactions relating to) obligations of or obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.
          “ Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing (whether pursuant to a guaranty, a fianza, an aval or otherwise) any Indebtedness of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or obligations arising, in the ordinary course of business, from contracting for interline railroad services. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “ Guaranteed Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.07.
          “ Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the registered holder of any Note.
          “ Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness, including an “Incurrence” of Acquired Indebtedness; provided that neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
          “ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person at any date of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) or (ii) above or (v), (vi) or (vii) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement), (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services, except Trade Payables, (v) all obligations of such Person as lessee under Capitalized Lease Obligations (but not operating leases), (vi) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is

9


 

assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by such Person and (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, provided (A) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at the time of its issuance as determined in conformity with GAAP, (B) that money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to be “Indebtedness” and (C) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes of any jurisdiction.
          “ Indenture ” means this Indenture as originally executed or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.
          “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, on any Transaction Date, the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Four Quarter Period to (ii) the aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense during such Four Quarter Period. In making the foregoing calculation, (A) pro forma effect shall be given to any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid during the Reference Period (other than Indebtedness Incurred or repaid under a revolving credit or similar arrangement to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any predecessor revolving credit or similar arrangement) in effect on the last day of such Four Quarter Period unless any portion of such Indebtedness is projected, in the reasonable judgment of the senior management of the Company, to remain outstanding for a period in excess of 12 months from the date of the Incurrence thereof), in each case as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid on the first day of such Reference Period, (B) Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis as contemplated by the foregoing clause (A) and bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period; (C) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during such Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period; and (D) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference

10


 

Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided that, to the extent that clause (C) or (D) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed for which financial information is available.
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means each semiannual interest payment date on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing October 1, 2009.
          “ Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement, option or future contract or other similar agreement or arrangement.
          “ Investment ” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement; but excluding advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and shall include (i) the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock (or any other Investment), held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, of (or in) any Person that has ceased to be a Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, by reason of any transaction permitted by clause (iii) of Section 4.06; provided that the value of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be deemed to be equal to the amount of such Investment on the date made, less the return of capital to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such Investment (up to the amount of such Investment on the date made). For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04, (i) “Investment” shall include the Fair Market Value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)) of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ii) the Fair Market Value of the assets (net of liabilities (other than liabilities to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary shall be considered a reduction in outstanding Investments, and (iii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.
          “ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, as more particularly set forth in the definition of “Rating Agency.”

11


 

          “ KCS ” means Kansas City Southern, a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns.
          “ KCSM ” means Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. , a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico, and its successors and assigns.
          “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof or any agreement to give any security interest).
          “ Mexican Withholding Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.
          “ Mexico ” means the Estados Unidos Mexicanos (the United Mexican States) and any branch of power, ministry, department, authority or statutory corporation or other entity (including a trust), owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Estados Unidos Mexicanos or any of the foregoing or created by law as a public entity.
          “ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
          “ Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of such Asset Sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of (i) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii) provisions for all taxes (whether or not such taxes will actually be paid or are payable) as a result of such Asset Sale without regard to the consolidated results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (iii) payments made to repay Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a Lien on the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of such sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, including, without limitation, a Public Equity Offering, the proceeds of such issuance or sale in the form of cash or cash equivalents, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed or sold with recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash or cash equivalents, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

12


 

          “ Non-U.S. Person ” means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Northeast Rail Lines ” means that portion of the Mexican railroad system that is the subject of the Concession Title.
          “ Note Register ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.
          “ Notes ” has the meaning specified in the Recitals. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall include any Exchange Notes to be issued and exchanged for any Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and this Indenture and, for purposes of this Indenture, all Notes and related Exchange Notes shall vote together as one series of Notes under this Indenture.
          “ Offer to Purchase ” means an offer to purchase Notes by the Company from the Holders commenced by mailing a notice to the Trustee and each Holder that, unless otherwise required by applicable law, shall state: (i) the covenant pursuant to which the offer is being made and that all Notes validly tendered will be accepted for payment on a pro rata basis; (ii) the purchase price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Payment Date ”); (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest pursuant to its terms; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender the Note, together with the form entitled “Option of the Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side thereof completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount at maturity of Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued Notes equal in principal amount at maturity to the unpurchased portion thereof surrendered; provided that each Note purchased and each Note issued shall be in a minimum principal amount of U.S.$100,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. On the Payment Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment on a pro rata basis Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so accepted; and (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes or portions thereof so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the relevant Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of the Notes so accepted, payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holders a Note, equal in principal amount at maturity to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. The Company will publicly announce the results of an Offer to Purchase as soon as practicable after the Payment Date. The Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent for an Offer to Purchase. The Company will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations

13


 

thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable, in the event that the Company is required to repurchase the Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase.
          “ Officer ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the President and Executive Representative, the Chief Operating Officer, or any Vice President, (ii) the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary, Pro-Secretary or any Assistant or Alternate Secretary or any Director or Alternate Director, and (iii) any Person certified by the General Counsel of the Company as being an attorney-in-fact elected by the shareholders of the Company.
          “ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any two Officers of the Company.
          “ Offshore Global Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
          “ Offshore Physical Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. Each such Opinion of Counsel shall include the statements provided for in TIA Section 314(e).
          “ Pari Passu Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11.
          “ Paying Agent ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04, except that, for the purposes of Article Eight, the Paying Agent shall not be the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of them. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent.
          “ Permitted Investment ” means (i) an Investment in the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a Person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or be merged or consolidated with or into or transfer or convey all or substantially all of its assets to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Person’s primary business is related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of such Investment; (ii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iii) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP; (iv) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments; and (v) Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (v) that are at the time outstanding, of up to $50.0 million.
          “ Permitted Liens ” means (i) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (ii) statutory and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings

14


 

promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made; (iii) Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (iv) Liens Incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money); (v) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens (including extensions and renewals thereof) upon real or personal property acquired after the Closing Date; provided that (a) such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing Indebtedness Incurred, in accordance with Section 4.03, to finance the cost (including the cost of improvement, lease or construction) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is created prior to, at the time of or within six months after the later of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation or the lease of such property, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed 100.0% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any property or assets other than such item of property or assets and any improvements on such item; (vii) licenses, leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (viii) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by one of the customers of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title of a lessor or licensor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease Obligation, Sale/Leaseback Transaction, operating lease or license agreement; (x) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code or similar financing statements regarding leases; (xi) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time such Person becomes, or becomes a part of, any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets acquired; (xii) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that does not give rise to an Event of Default; (xiv) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (xv) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (xvi) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements and forward contracts, options, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed solely to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (xvii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (xviii) Liens on or sales of receivables; (xix) Liens on any assets acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, which Liens were in existence prior to the acquisition of such assets (to the extent that such Liens were not created

15


 

in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition), provided that such Liens are limited to the assets so acquired and the proceeds thereof; (xx) Liens existing or arising under the Concession Title; and (xxi) Liens Incurred in accordance with this Indenture in favor of the Trustee under this Indenture.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “ Physical Note ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.
          “ Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s preferred or preference equity, whether now outstanding or issued after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, all series and classes of such preferred stock or preference stock.
          “ principal ” of a debt security, including the Notes, means the principal amount due on the Stated Maturity as shown on such debt security.
          “ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Section 2.02.
          “ Public Equity Offering ” means an underwritten primary public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to Mexican law or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.
          “ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
          “ Rating Agency ” means S&P and Moody’s or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.
          “ Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Redemption Price ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which such Note is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Reference Period ” means, with respect to any specified Transaction Date, the period beginning on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and ending on such Transaction Date.
          “ Registrar ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.04.

16


 

          “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between the Company and Banc of America Securities LLC as representative of the placement agents.
          “ Registration Statement ” means the Registration Statement as defined and described in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any interest Payment Date means March 15 or September 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
          “ Released Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, Indebtedness (i) which is owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (the “ Obligors ”) prior to such Asset Sale, (ii) which is assumed by the purchaser or any affiliate thereof in connection with such Asset Sale and (iii) with respect to which the Obligors receive written unconditional releases from each creditor no later than the closing date of such Asset Sale.
          “ Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any vice president, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Department having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “ Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04.
          “ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S.
          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and its successors.
          “ Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement entered into after the Closing Date relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it back from such Person; provided , however , that any such arrangement that is concluded within 180 days following the date of the acquisition of such property being transferred shall not be considered a Sale/Leaseback Transaction.
          “ Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

17


 

          “ Secured Debt Cap ” means, on any Transaction Date, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the Four Quarter Period times 0.5. In making the foregoing calculation, (A) pro forma effect shall be given to Asset Dispositions and Asset Acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any Asset Disposition) that occur during such Reference Period as if they had occurred and such proceeds had been applied on the first day of such Reference Period, and (B) pro forma effect shall be given to asset dispositions and asset acquisitions (including giving pro forma effect to the application of proceeds of any asset disposition) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged with or into us or any Restricted Subsidiary during such Reference Period and that would have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary as if such asset dispositions or asset acquisitions were Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions that occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; provided that, to the extent that clause (A) or (B) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Acquisition or Asset Disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed for which financial information is available.
          “ Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Significant Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, together with its Subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent fiscal year of the Company, accounted for more than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more than 10.0% of the consolidated assets of the Company and those of its Restricted Subsidiaries, all as set forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year.
          “ Stated Maturity ” means (i) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which the final installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and (ii) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50.0% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “ Temporary Cash Investment ” means any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits denominated and payable in U.S. dollars maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any

18


 

foreign country recognized by the United States of America, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of U.S.$200.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by S&P or Moody’s or any money-market fund denominated and payable in U.S. dollars sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) commercial paper denominated and payable in U.S. dollars, maturing not more than 90 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P, (v) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or Moody’s, (vi) Certificados de la Tesorería de la Federación (Cetes) or Bonos de Desarrollo del Gobierno Federal (Bondes) issued by the Mexican government and maturing not more than 180 days after the acquisition thereof, (vii) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above, (viii) demand deposit accounts with U.S. banks (or Mexican banks specified in clause (ix) of this definition) maintained in the ordinary course of business, and (ix) certificates of deposit, bank promissory notes and bankers’ acceptances denominated in pesos, maturing not more than 180 days after the acquisition thereof and issued or guaranteed by any one of the five largest banks (based on assets as of the immediately preceding December 31) organized under the laws of Mexico and which are not under intervention or controlled by the Instituto para la Protección del Ahorro Bancario or any successor thereto.
          “ TIA ” or “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbb), as in effect on the date this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.06.
          “ Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any other indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
          “ Transaction Date ” means, with respect to the Incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the date such Indebtedness is to be Incurred and, with respect to any Restricted Payment, the date such Restricted Payment is to be made.
          “ Trustee ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.
          “ United States Bankruptcy Code ” means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended and as codified in Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time hereafter, or any successor federal bankruptcy law.

19


 

          “ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (A) any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed an “Incurrence” of such Indebtedness and an “Investment” by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation; (B) either (I) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of U.S.$1,000 or less or (II) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than U.S.$1,000, such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04; and (C) if applicable, the Incurrence of Indebtedness and the Investment referred to in clause (A) of this proviso would be permitted under Section 4.03 and Section 4.04. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (x) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately after such designation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture and (y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or immediately after giving effect to such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with such Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “ U.S. Global Notes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.
          “ U.S. Person ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 902 under the Securities Act.
          “ U.S. Physical Notes ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01.
          “ Voting Stock ” means with respect to any Person, Capital Stock of any class or kind ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person, excluding any class or kind of Capital Stock which has limited or restricted voting rights (i.e., having the power to vote for the election of a minority of the directors, managers or other voting members of the governing body of such Person) under the By-laws of each class or under Mexican law.
          “ Wholly Owned ” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, the ownership of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of such Subsidiary (other than any director’s qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law) by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
          SECTION 1.02 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

20


 

          “ indenture securities ” means the Notes;
          “ indenture security holder ” means a Holder or a Noteholder;
          “ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;
          “ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and
          “ obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Notes.
          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a rule of the Commission and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
          SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (iii) “or” is not exclusive;
     (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
     (v) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (vi) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and
     (vii) all references to Sections or Articles refer to Sections or Articles of this Indenture unless otherwise indicated.
ARTICLE TWO
THE NOTES
          SECTION 2.01 Form and Dating . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have letters, notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note. The Company shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

21


 

          The terms and provisions contained in the form of the Notes annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture. Each of the Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, by its execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agrees to the terms and provisions of the Notes applicable to it and to be bound thereby.
          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ U.S. Global Notes ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
          Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes in registered form substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Offshore Global Notes ”), registered in the name of the nominee of the Depositary, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Offshore Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as herein provided.
          Notes which are transferred to Institutional Accredited Investors which are not QIBs (other than in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S) shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ U.S. Physical Notes ”). Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in the U.S. Global Notes shall be in the form of U.S. Physical Notes. Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.07 in exchange for interests in Offshore Global Notes shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Offshore Physical Notes ”).
          The Offshore Physical Notes and U.S. Physical Notes are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Physical Notes .” The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes are sometimes referred to as the “ Global Notes .”
          The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.
          SECTION 2.02 Restrictive Legends . (a) Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (i) the U.S. Global Notes and each U.S. Physical Note shall bear the legend set forth below on the face thereof and (ii) each Offshore Global Note and each Offshore Physical Note shall bear the legend set forth below on the face thereof until at least the

22


 

41 st day after the Closing Date and receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a certificate substantially in the Form of Exhibit B hereto:
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER
     (1) REPRESENTS THAT
     (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT,
     (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), OR
     (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND
     (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY
     (A) TO THE COMPANY,
     (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
     (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
     PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE

23


 

DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
          (b) Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:
UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 2.08 OF THE INDENTURE.
          SECTION 2.03 Execution, Authentication and Denominations . Two Officers shall execute the Notes for the Company by facsimile or manual signature in the name and on behalf of the Company.
          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee or authenticating agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
          The Trustee or an authenticating agent shall upon receipt of a Company Order authenticate for original issue Notes in the aggregate principal amount of up to

24


 

U.S.$200,000,000 of Notes, plus any Exchange Notes that may be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or Add On Note issued hereunder; provided that the Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate as required by Section 13.03 and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in connection with each such authentication of Notes. The Opinion of Counsel shall be to the effect that:
     (a) the form and terms of such Notes have been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or an indenture supplemental hereto in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (b) such supplemental indenture, if any, when executed and delivered by the Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company;
     (c) such Notes, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms and will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and
     (d) the Company has been duly incorporated in, and is a validly existing corporation under the laws of Mexico or the United States, as the case may be.
          Such Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the amount set forth above except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.09, 2.10 or 2.11.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
          The Notes (including any Exchange Notes) shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in minimum denominations of U.S.$100,000 in principal amount and any integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.
          SECTION 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent . The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “ Paying Agent ”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served, which shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York and any other jurisdiction where the Company deems necessary or appropriate. The Company shall cause the Registrar acting as agent of the Company to keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Note

25


 

Register ”). The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents.
          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent and any change in the address of such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands, the Trustee shall act as such Registrar, Paying Agent and/or agent for service of notices and demands for so long as such failure shall continue. The Company may remove any Agent upon written notice to such Agent and the Trustee; provided that no such removal shall become effective until (i) the acceptance of an appointment by a successor Agent to such Agent as evidenced by an appropriate agency agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Agent and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as such Agent until the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with clause (i) of this proviso. The Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar, and/or agent for service of notices and demands; provided , however , that neither the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company nor an Affiliate of any of them shall act as Paying Agent in connection with the defeasance of the Notes or the discharge of this Indenture under Article Eight.
          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent and agent for service of notices and demands. If, at any time, the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Registrar shall make available to the Trustee on or before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request, the names and addresses of the Holders as they appear in the Note Register.
          SECTION 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with each Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent, if any, other than a Paying Agent that is a party to this Indenture to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and that such Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of any of them acts as Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of as provided in this

26


 

Indenture, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act as required by this Section 2.05.
          SECTION 2.06 Transfer and Exchange . The Notes are issuable only in registered form. A Holder may transfer a Note by written application to the Registrar stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the terms of this Indenture. No such transfer shall be effected until, and such transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only upon, registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Note Register. Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the Note is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depositary (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including an exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met; provided that no exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until a Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and that any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the Trustee. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges in accordance with the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to any Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon transfers, exchanges or redemptions pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.08. 4.11, 4.12 or 9.04).
          The Registrar shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes selected for redemption under Section 3.03 or Section 3.09 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
          SECTION 2.07 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes . (a) The U.S. Global Notes and Offshore Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.02.
          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under any Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute

27


 

owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note.
          (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.08. In addition, U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, respectively, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the U.S. Global Notes or the Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request to the foregoing effect from the Depositary.
          (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
          (d) In connection with any transfer pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section of a portion of the beneficial interests in the U.S. Global Notes to beneficial owners who are required to hold U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
          (e) In connection with the transfer of the entire U.S. Global Notes or Offshore Global Notes to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section, the U.S. Global Notes or Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes or Offshore Global Notes, as the case may be, an equal aggregate principal amount of U.S. Physical Notes or Offshore Physical Notes, as the case may be, of authorized denominations.
          (f) Any U.S. Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the U.S. Global Notes pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this Section shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (d)(i)(x) and paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the U.S. Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02.

28


 

          (g) Any Offshore Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Offshore Global Notes pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (e) of Section 2.08, bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Offshore Physical Note set forth in Section 2.02.
          (h) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
          (i) QIBs that are beneficial owners of interests in a Global Note may receive Physical Notes (which shall bear the Private Placement Legend if required by Section 2.02) in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary; in connection with the execution, authentication and delivery of such Physical Notes, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note equal to the principal amount of such Physical Notes and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount.
          SECTION 2.08 Special Transfer Provisions . Unless and until a Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective Registration Statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Notes to a QIB (excluding transfers outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S):
     (i) If the Note to be transferred consists of (x) U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A or (y) an interest in the U.S. Global Notes, the transfer of such interest may be effected only through the book-entry system maintained by the Depositary.
     (ii) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of the

29


 

documents referred to in clause (i) and instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred.
     (b) Transfers of Interests in the Offshore Global Notes or Offshore Physical Notes . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of interests in the Offshore Global Notes or Offshore Physical Notes:
     (i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall refuse to register such transfer unless such transfer complies with Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(c), as the case may be; and
     (ii) After the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Registrar shall register the transfer of any such Note without any requirement to comply with Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(c) or for any additional certification.
     (c) Transfers Outside the United States in Compliance with Regulation S at Any Time . The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Notes to a Holder outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S:
     (i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Note outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S only upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C from the proposed transferor.
     (ii) (A) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes to be transferred, and (B) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Offshore Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S. Physical Notes or the U.S. Global Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note, if any, so transferred or decrease the amount of the U.S. Global Notes.
     (d) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in the U.S. Global Notes to any Institutional Accredited

30


 

Investor which is not a QIB (excluding transfers outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S):
     (i) The Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the time period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act as in effect with respect to such transfer and such request is accompanied by a certificate of the transferor to such effect, or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being transferred is less than U.S.$250,000 at the time of such transfer, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.
     (ii) If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the U.S. Global Notes in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the U.S. Global Notes to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
     (e) Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) the circumstances contemplated by paragraph (d)(i)(x) of this Section 2.08 exist or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.
     (f) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. In connection with any transfer of Notes to a Person that is not a QIB, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act; provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on a determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such certifications, legal opinions or other information.

31


 

          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.
          SECTION 2.09 Replacement Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided that the requirements of the second paragraph of Section 2.10 are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be furnished that is sufficient in the judgment of both the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for its expenses and the expenses of the Trustee in replacing a Note. In case any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.
          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
          SECTION 2.10 Outstanding Notes . Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless and until the Trustee and the Company receive proof reasonably satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on the maturity date money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.
          A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds such Note, provided , however , that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Responsible Officer Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor of the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

32


 

          SECTION 2.11 Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have insertions, substitutions, omissions and other variations determined to be appropriate by the Officers executing the temporary Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.
          SECTION 2.12 Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of them in accordance with its normal procedure. The Company shall not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
          SECTION 2.13 CUSIP Numbers . The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “CINS” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, “CINS” or “ISIN” numbers, as the case may be, in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice shall state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in “CUSIP,” “CINS” or “ISIN” numbers for the Notes.
          SECTION 2.14 Defaulted Interest . If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay, or shall deposit with the Paying Agent money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay, the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) interest on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. A special record date, as used in this Section 2.14 with respect to the payment of any defaulted interest, shall mean the 15th day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of defaulted interest, whether or not such day is a Business Day. At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder and to the Trustee a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
          SECTION 2.15 Issuance of Additional Notes . The Company may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture, issue additional Notes under this Indenture, including without limitation, Add On Notes. Each of the Notes issued on the Closing Date and any additional

33


 

Notes subsequently issued shall each be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, unless otherwise provided in this Indenture.
ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION
          SECTION 3.01 Optional Redemption . The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on or after April 1, 2013 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s last address as it appears in the Note Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts (as defined in Section 4.20) to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing April 1 of the years set forth below:
         
Year   Redemption Price
2013
    106.250 %
2014
    103.125 %
2015
    100.000 %
          In addition, at any time prior to April 1, 2012, the Company may redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or KCS, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to 112.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that after giving effect to any such redemption:
     (1) at least 65.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding; and
     (2) any such redemption must be made within 60 days of such Equity Offering and must be made in accordance with the provisions of this Article Three.
          Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company may also redeem any Notes which were not exchanged in the Exchange Offer in an amount up to 2.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption price of 100.0% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and any Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date.
          SECTION 3.02 Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes . The Notes will be subject to redemption, in whole but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time at 100.0% of their principal amount together with accrued interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in excess of those attributable to a

34


 

withholding tax rate of 4.9% as a result of a change in or amendment to the laws (including any regulations or general rules promulgated thereunder) of Mexico (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or general rules, including a holding of a court of competent jurisdiction, which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after March 30, 2009. The Company shall not, however, have the right to redeem Notes from a Holder pursuant to this Section except to the extent that it is obligated to pay Additional Amounts to such Holder that are greater than the Additional Amounts that would be payable based on a Mexican withholding tax rate of 4.9%.
          SECTION 3.03 Notices to Trustee . If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.02, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date.
          The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.03 in an Officers’ Certificate at least 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee).
          SECTION 3.04 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed . If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange, by lot or such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be appropriate; provided that no Notes of U.S.$100,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.
          The Trustee shall make the selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to integral multiples of U.S.$1,000) of Notes that have denominations larger than U.S.$100,000 in principal amount, provided that the unredeemed portion of any Note shall be a minimum of U.S. $100,000 in principal amount. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company and the Registrar promptly in writing of the Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption.
          SECTION 3.05 Add On Notes . The Company may, from time to time, subject to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture (including Article Four), without the consent of the Holders, create and issue pursuant to this Indenture additional notes (“ Add On Notes ”) having terms and conditions identical to those of the other outstanding Notes, except that Add On Notes:
     (i) may have a different issue date from other outstanding Notes;
     (ii) may have a different amount of interest payable on the first Interest Payment Date after issuance than is payable on other outstanding Notes; and
     (iii) may have terms specified in the Add On Note Board Resolution or Add On Note Supplemental Indenture for such Add On Notes making appropriate adjustments to this Article 3 and Exhibit A (and related definitions) applicable to such Add On Notes

35


 

in order to conform to and ensure compliance with the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws) and any registration rights or similar agreement applicable to such Add On Notes, which are not adverse in any material respect to the Holder of any outstanding Notes (other than such Add On Notes).
          SECTION 3.06 Notice of Redemption . With respect to any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.01, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, and with respect to any redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.02, at least six days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
     (i) the Redemption Date;
     (ii) the Redemption Price;
     (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the Redemption Price;
     (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders is to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date upon surrender of the Notes to the Paying Agent;
     (vi) that, if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount (equal to integral multiples of U.S.$1,000) of such Note to be redeemed and that, on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be reissued; and
     (vii) that, if any Note contains a CUSIP, CINS or ISIN number as provided in Section 2.13, no representation is being made as to the correctness of the CUSIP, CINS or ISIN number either as printed on the Notes or as contained in the notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.
          At the Company’s request (which request may be revoked by the Company at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), made in writing to the Trustee at least 60 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name and at the expense of the Company. If, however, the Company gives such notice to the Holders, the Company shall concurrently deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such notice has been given.

36


 

          SECTION 3.07 Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender of any Notes to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date.
          Notice of redemption shall be deemed to be given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the notice, in any event, and failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Notes held by Holders to whom such notice was properly given.
          SECTION 3.08 Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 12:00 p.m. New York City time on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.05) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.
          SECTION 3.09 Payment of Notes Called for Redemption . If notice of redemption has been given in the manner provided above, the Notes or portion of Notes specified in such notice to be redeemed shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price stated therein, together with accrued interest to such Redemption Date, and on and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Notes at the Redemption Price and accrued interest to the Redemption Date, in which case the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed in the Notes), such Notes shall cease to accrue interest. Upon surrender of any Note for redemption in accordance with a notice of redemption, such Note shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date.
          SECTION 3.10 Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of any Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of such surrendered Note.
ARTICLE FOUR
COVENANTS
          SECTION 4.01 Payment of Notes . The Company shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of any of them) holds at 12:00 p.m. New York City time on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of any of them acts as Paying Agent, an installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the due date if

37


 

the entity acting as Paying Agent complies with the last sentence of Section 2.05. As provided in Section 6.09, upon any bankruptcy or reorganization procedure relative to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as the Paying Agent in New York for the Notes.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum specified in the Notes.
          SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.02.
          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          The Company hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee at c/o U.S. Bank Trust, N.A., 100 Wall Street, New York, New York, 10005 as such office of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.
          SECTION 4.03 Limitation on Indebtedness . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date); provided that the Company may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom, the Interest Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0:1.
          (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except as specified below) may Incur each and all of the following:
     (i) Indebtedness owed:
     (A) to the Company evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note; or
     (B) to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or

38


 

another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such indebtedness not permitted by this clause (i);
     (ii) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are or will be used to refinance or refund, then outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred under clause (i), (iii), or (viii) of this paragraph), and any refinancings thereof in an amount not to exceed the amount so refinanced or refunded (plus premiums, accrued interest (including amounts paid in respect of Mexican withholding tax thereon), fees and expenses); provided that Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used to refinance or refund the Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes shall only be permitted under this clause (ii) if:
     (A) in case the Notes are refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be refinanced is pari passu with the Notes, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is outstanding, is expressly made pari passu with, or subordinate in right of payment to, the remaining Notes;
     (B) in case the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such new Indebtedness, by its terms or by the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such new Indebtedness is issued or remains outstanding, is expressly made subordinate in right of payment to the Notes, at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be refinanced is subordinated to the Notes; and
     (C) such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded, and the Average Life of such new Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness to be refinanced or refunded; and provided further that in no event may Indebtedness of the Company be refinanced by means of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (ii);
     (iii) Indebtedness:
     (A) in respect of performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business;
     (B) under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that such agreements (a) are designed solely to protect the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates and (b) do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; and

39


 

     (C) arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for the purpose of financing such acquisition), in a principal amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;
     (iv) Indebtedness of the Company, to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly used to purchase Notes tendered in an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of Control;
     (v) Indebtedness of the Company to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Notes in accordance with Article Eight;
     (vi) Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary provided the Guarantee of such Indebtedness is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07;
     (vii) (x) Indebtedness of the Company Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property or assets used in the Company’s business (including Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations) in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of U.S.$150.0 million or 15.0% of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company; and (y) Attributable Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million; and
     (viii) Indebtedness of the Company not to exceed U.S.$300.0 million at any one time outstanding, U.S.$150.0 million of which must be Incurred under Credit Facilities or accounts receivable securitizations.
     (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies or interest rates.
     (c) For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this Section 4.03:
     (i) Guarantees, Liens or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included; and

40


 

     (ii) any Liens granted pursuant to the equal and ratable provisions referred to in Section 4.09 shall not be treated as Indebtedness.
          For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the above clauses or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.03, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of its incurrence (or later reclassify) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03.
          SECTION 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
     (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or with respect to its Capital Stock or that of such Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock or that of such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of such Capital Stock and (y) pro rata dividends or distributions on Common Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries held by minority stockholders (provided that such dividends do not in the aggregate exceed the minority stockholders’ pro rata share of such Restricted Subsidiaries’ net income from the first day of the fiscal quarter beginning immediately following the Closing Date)) held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of (A) the Company or an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Person or (B) a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire such shares of Capital Stock) held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5.0% or more of the Capital Stock of the Company;
     (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment, or voluntary or optional redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; or
     (iv) make any Investment, other than a Permitted Investment, in any Person;
(such payments or any other actions described in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively “ Restricted Payments ”) if, at the time of, and after giving effect to, the proposed Restricted Payment:
     (A) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (B) the Company could not Incur at least U.S.$1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 4.03; or

41


 

     (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (the amount, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a Board Resolution) made after January 1, 2005 shall exceed the sum of
     (1) 50.0% of the aggregate amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income is a loss, minus 100.0% of the amount of such loss) (determined by excluding income resulting from transfers of assets by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter preceding the Transaction Date for which reports have been filed or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18 plus
     (2) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company on or after January 1, 2005 from a capital contribution or the issuance and sale permitted by this Indenture of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company, including an issuance or sale permitted by this Indenture of Indebtedness of the Company for cash subsequent to the Closing Date upon the conversion of such Indebtedness into Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), or from the issuance to a Person who is not a Subsidiary of the Company of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of the Company (in each case, exclusive of any Disqualified Stock or any options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes) plus
     (3) an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person on or after January 1, 2005 resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or from the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of any such Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Adjusted Consolidated Net Income), or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          The foregoing provision shall not be violated by reason of:
     (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment would comply with the foregoing paragraph;
     (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the

42


 

Notes, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for, Indebtedness Incurred under clause (a)(ii) of the second paragraph of Section 4.03;
     (iii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent capital contribution or offering of, shares of Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
     (iv) the making of any principal payment or the repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition for value of Indebtedness of the Company which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a substantially concurrent capital contribution or offering of, shares of the Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock);
     (v) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers substantially all of the property and assets of the Company;
     (vi) the declaration or payment of dividends on the Common Stock of the Company following a Public Equity Offering of such Common Stock, of up to 6.0% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company in such Public Equity Offering;
     (vii) Investments acquired as a capital contribution or in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);
     (viii) the reorganization of our Capital Stock into equity quotes or equity interests in the event of our conversion ( transformación ) into a sociedad de responsibilidad limitada or other form of internal corporate transformation or reorganization; and
     (ix) the making of other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix), of up to $75.0 million.
provided that, except in the cases of clauses (i) and (iii), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence of the actions or payments set forth herein.
          Each Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the preceding paragraph (other than the Restricted Payment referred to in clause (ii) thereof, an exchange of Capital Stock for Capital Stock or Indebtedness referred to in clause (iii) or (iv) thereof, an Investment referred to in clause (vii) thereof, and the Net Cash Proceeds from any issuance of Capital Stock referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) thereof), shall be included in calculating whether the conditions of clause

43


 

(C) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.04 have been met with respect to any subsequent Restricted Payments. In the event the proceeds of an issuance of Capital Stock of the Company are used for the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes, then the Net Cash Proceeds of such issuance shall be included in clause (C) of this Section 4.04 only to the extent such proceeds are not used for such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of indebtedness.
          SECTION 4.05 Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions permitted by applicable law on any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
          The foregoing provisions shall not restrict any encumbrances or restrictions: (i) existing on the Closing Date, (ii) existing under or by reason of applicable law, (iii) existing with respect to any Person or the property or assets of such Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time of such acquisition and not Incurred in contemplation thereof, which encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person so acquired, (iv) in the case of transfers of any property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset, (B) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture or (C) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (v) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary, or (vi) for the benefit of any holder of a Lien permitted under Section 4.09.
          Nothing contained in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (i) creating, Incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted in Section 4.09 or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          SECTION 4.06 Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell, any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (including options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of such Capital Stock) except (i) to the

44


 

Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) issuances of director’s qualifying shares or sales to foreign nationals of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent required by applicable law; (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.04 if made on the date of such issuance or sale; or (iv) issuances of Common Stock that has no preference with respect to dividends or upon liquidation, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are promptly applied as provided in clause (ii) of Section 4.11.
          SECTION 4.07 Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any Indebtedness of the Company which is pari passu with or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes (“ Guaranteed Indebtedness ”), unless (i) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for Guarantees (a “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”) of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee until the Notes have been paid in full, in U.S. Dollars; provided that this paragraph shall not be applicable to any Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary (x) that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (a) U.S.$150 million and (b) an amount equal to the Secured Debt Cap on the date on which such Guarantee is to be Incurred. If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is (A) pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be pari passu with, or subordinated to, the Subsidiary Guarantee or (B) subordinated to the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantees at least to the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: (i) any sale, exchange or transfer, to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company, of all of the Company’s and each Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary (which sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (ii) the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.
          SECTION 4.08 Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, renew or extend any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or assets, or the rendering of any service) with any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder) of 5.0% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Company, with any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be

45


 

obtained, at the time of such transaction or, if such transaction is pursuant to a written agreement, at the time of the execution of the agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate.
          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to (i) transactions (A) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors, (B) for which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers to the Trustee a written opinion of a United States nationally recognized investment banking firm (or their Mexican affiliate) stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or (C) involving consideration of U.S.$5.0 million or less; (ii) the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to the directors and officers of the Company; (iii) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement between the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company with which the Company files a consolidated tax return or with which the Company is part of a consolidated group for tax purposes; (iv) contributions in cash to the common equity capital of the Company by KCS or any of its Subsidiaries; (v) any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 4.04; (vi) any transaction between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand and KCS or any of its Affiliates on the other hand, relating to the provision of transportation or transportation-related services approved in the manner provided in clause (i)(A) above; and (vii) swaps of locomotives or rolling stock not constituting Asset Sales by virtue of paragraph (c) of the definition thereof in Section 1.01 of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction covered by the first paragraph of this Section 4.08 and not covered by clauses (ii) through (vii) of this paragraph, (a) the aggregate amount of which exceeds U.S.$15.0 million in value, must be approved or determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (i)(A) or (B) above, and (b) the aggregate amount of which exceeds U.S.$30.0 million in value, must be determined to be fair in the manner provided for in clause (i)(B) above; provided that such approval or determination of fairness shall not be required with respect to any equipment lease with an Affiliate, provided that an Officer’s Certificate is furnished to the Trustee certifying that the terms of the equipment lease are no less favorable to the Company than the terms offered by an unrelated party.
          SECTION 4.09 Limitation on Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its or any Restricted Subsidiary’s assets or properties of any character, or on any shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, without making effective provision for all of the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture to be directly secured equally and ratably with (or, if the obligation or liability to be secured by such Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien.
          The foregoing limitation does not apply to (i) Liens existing on the Closing Date; (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) U.S.$150 million and (y) an amount equal to the Secured Debt Cap on the date on which such Lien is to be Incurred; (iii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any of the assets or Capital Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries created in favor of the Holders; (iv) Liens with respect to the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary granted by such Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness owing to the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary; (v) Liens securing Indebtedness which is Incurred to refinance secured Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred under clause (a)(ii) of the

46


 

second paragraph of Section 4.03; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiary other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced; (vi) Liens on any property or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.03; or (vii) Permitted Liens.
          SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property, except that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale/Leaseback transaction if:
     (i) it would be entitled to Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(vii) of this Indenture;
     (ii) the net proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of such property; and
     (iii) the transfer of such property is permitted by, and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.11 of this Indenture.
          SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Asset Sales . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless:
     (i) the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold or disposed of, and
     (ii) at least 75.0% of the consideration received (excluding any amount of Released Indebtedness) consists of cash or Temporary Cash Investments. In the event and to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date in any period of 12 consecutive months exceed 10.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (determined as of the date closest to the commencement of such 12-month period for which a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries has been filed or provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.18), then the Company shall or shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to (A) within 12 months after the date Net Cash Proceeds so received exceeds 10.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (1) apply an amount equal to such excess Net Cash Proceeds to permanently repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company, or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) invest an equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause (1) (or enter into a definitive agreement committing to so invest within 12 months after the date of such agreement), in property or assets (other than current assets) of a nature or type or that are used in a business (or in a company having property and assets of a nature or type, or engaged in a

47


 

business) similar or related to the nature or type of the property and assets of, or the business of, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of such investment, and (B) apply (no later than the end of the 12-month period referred to in clause (A)) such excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent not applied pursuant to clause (A)) as provided in the following paragraph of this Section 4.11. The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or to be committed to be applied) during such 12-month period as set forth in clause (A) of the preceding sentence and not applied as so required by the end of such period shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds ;” and (C) to the extent of the balance of any Net Cash Proceeds after application thereof in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), use such Net Cash Proceeds for any general corporate purposes permitted by the terms of this Indenture.
          If, as of the first day of any calendar month, the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Offer to Purchase pursuant to this Section 4.11 totals at least U.S.$25.0 million, the Company must commence, not later than the fifteenth Business Day of such month, and consummate an Offer to Purchase from the Holders (and if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), from the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) on a pro rata basis an aggregate principal amount of Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) equal to the Excess Proceeds on such date, at a purchase price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) plus, in each case, accrued interest (if any) to the date of purchase (the “ Excess Proceeds Payment Date ”).
          SECTION 4.12 Repurchase of Notes upon a Change of Control . The Company must commence, within 30 days of the occurrence of a Change of Control, and consummate an Offer to Purchase for all Notes then outstanding, at a purchase price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount plus interest (if any) to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”).
          SECTION 4.13 Existence . Subject to Articles Four and Five of this Indenture, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and the existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of the Company and each such Subsidiary and the rights (whether pursuant to charter, partnership certificate, agreement, statute or otherwise), material licenses and franchises of the Company and each such Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if (a) the maintenance or preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the failure to maintain or preserve any such right, license or franchise does not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. In addition, the Company agrees to take such actions, within a reasonable time after the Closing Date (and in any event prior to any proceeding initiated regarding the dissolution of the Company), as may be necessary to ensure that it shall be in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, provided that the Company will not be required to take such actions if the failure to be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 4.13 shall prohibit the Company from transforming or converting from a sociedad

48


 

anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of Mexico to a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada organized under the laws of Mexico.
          SECTION 4.14 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Company will pay or discharge and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon (a) the Company or any such Subsidiary, (b) the income or profits of any such Subsidiary which is a corporation or (c) the property of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any such Subsidiary, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established and so long as the non-payment of or failure to discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          SECTION 4.15 Maintenance of Properties and Insurance . The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.15 shall prevent the Company or any such Subsidiary from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary or would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          The Company will provide or cause to be provided, for itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries, reasonably adequate insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by corporations of established reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses similarly situated and owning like properties, of such types and in such amounts, with such deductibles and by such methods as shall be customary for corporations similarly situated in the industry in which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is then conducting business, except to the extent that failure to carry or maintain any such insurance would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          SECTION 4.16 Notice of Defaults . In the event that the Company becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company, promptly after it becomes aware thereof, will give written notice thereof to the Trustee.
          SECTION 4.17 Compliance Certificates . (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate

49


 

stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such fiscal year. Such certificates shall contain a certification from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company that a review has been conducted of the activities of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company’s performance under this Indenture and that, to their knowledge, the Company has complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 4.17, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture. If the Officers of the Company signing such certificate do know of such a Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe the nature of any such Default or Event of Default and its status.
          (b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of its fiscal year, a certificate signed by the Company’s independent certified public accountants stating (i) that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of this Indenture and the Notes as they relate to accounting matters, (ii) that they have read the most recent Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.17 and (iii) whether, in connection with their audit examination, anything came to their attention that caused them to believe that the Company was not in compliance with any of the terms, covenants, provisions or conditions of Article Four and Section 5.01 of this Indenture as they pertain to accounting matters and, if any Default or Event of Default has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof; provided that such independent certified public accountants shall not be liable in respect of such statement by reason of any failure to obtain knowledge of any such Default or Event of Default that would not be disclosed in the course of an audit examination conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in effect at the date of such examination.
          (c) Within 90 days of the end of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a list of all Significant Subsidiaries. The Trustee shall have no duty with respect to any such list except to keep it on file and available for inspection by the Holders.
          SECTION 4.18 Commission Reports and Reports to Holders . At all times from and after the Closing Date, whether or not the Company is then required to file reports with the Commission, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall file with the Commission all such reports and other information when and as it would be required to file with the Commission by Sections 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it was subject thereto, unless the Commission does not permit such filings, in which case the Company shall provide such reports and other information to the Trustee (within the same time periods that would be applicable if the Company were required and permitted to file reports with the Commission) and instruct the Trustee to mail such reports and other information to Holders at their addresses set forth on the Note Register. The Company shall supply the Trustee and each Holder or shall supply to the Trustee for forwarding to each such Holder, without cost to such Holder, copies of such reports and other information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as the Company files reports and other information with the Commission, the Trustee and each Holder shall be deemed to have been supplied with the foregoing reports and forms at the time such Trustee or holder may electronically access such reports and forms by means of the Commission’s homepage on the internet or at KCS’s homepage on the internet. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s

50


 

receipt of such reports, information and documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
          SECTION 4.19 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
          SECTION 4.20 Additional Amounts . Any and all payments made by the Company to the Holders, under or with respect to the Notes, will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including any interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of Mexico or any political subdivision thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “ Mexican Withholding Taxes ”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Mexican Withholding Taxes is required by law or by the administration thereof. In the event any Mexican Withholding Taxes are required to be so withheld or deducted, the Company will (i) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as will result in receipt by the Holders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such withholding or deduction been required, (ii) deduct or withhold such Mexican Withholding Taxes and (iii) remit the full amount so deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing or other authority. Any payment of Additional Amounts will be treated, for Mexican tax purposes, as additional interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Additional Amounts shall be payable for or on account of:
     (a) any Mexican Withholding Taxes which would not have been imposed or levied on a Holder but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes and Mexico or any political subdivision or territory or possession thereof or area subject to its jurisdiction, including, without limitation, such Holder or beneficial owner (i) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, (ii) maintaining or having maintained an office, permanent establishment, fixed base or branch therein, or (iii) being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein, except for a connection solely arising from the mere ownership of, or receipt of payment under, such Note or the exercise or enforcement of rights under this Indenture;
     (b) except as otherwise provided, any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, or personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

51


 

     (c) any Mexican Withholding Taxes that are imposed or levied by reason of the failure by the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note to comply with any certification, identification, information, documentation, declaration or other reporting requirement which is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation, general rule or administrative practice as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, the imposition, withholding or deduction of any Mexican Withholding Taxes; provided that at least 60 days prior to (i) the first payment date with respect to which the Company shall apply this clause (c) and, (ii) in the event of a change in such certification, identification, information, documentation, declaration or other reporting requirement, the first payment date subsequent to such change, the Company shall have notified the Trustee, in writing, that the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes will be required to provide such certification, identification, information or documentation, declaration or other reporting;
     (d) any Mexican Withholding Taxes that are imposed or levied by reason of the failure by the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note to timely comply (subject to the conditions set forth below) with a written request by or on behalf of the Company to provide information, documentation or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence, identity, or registration with the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit of the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note that is necessary from time to time to determine the appropriate rate of deduction or withholding of Mexican Withholding Taxes applicable to such Holder or beneficial owner; provided that at least 60 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which the Company shall apply this clause (d), the Company shall have notified the Trustee, in writing, that such Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes will be required to provide such information, documentation or other evidence;
     (e) the presentation of such Note (where presentation is required) for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Note would have been entitled to Additional Amounts in respect of such Mexican Withholding Taxes on presenting such Note for payment on any date during such 30-day period;
     (f) any Mexican Withholding Taxes that are payable only by a method other than withholding or deduction; or
     (g) any combination of item (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations on the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Amounts set forth in clauses (c) and (d) above shall not apply if the provision of the certification, identification, information, documentation, declaration or other evidence described in such clauses (c) and (d) would be materially more onerous, in form, in procedure or in the substance of information disclosed, to a Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (taking into account any relevant differences between United States and Mexican law, regulation or administrative practice) than comparable information or other applicable reporting requirements imposed or provided for under United States federal income tax law (including the United States-Mexico

52


 

Income Tax Treaty), regulations (including proposed regulations) and administrative practice. In addition, the limitations on the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Amounts set forth in clauses (c) and (d) above shall not apply if Rule I.3.22.8 of the Miscellaneous Tax Resolution currently in force or a substantially similar successor of such rule is in effect, unless (i) the provision of the certification, identification, information, documentation, declaration or other evidence described in clauses (c) and (d) is expressly required by statute, regulation, ruling or general rules or administrative practice in order to apply Rule I.3.22.8, as amended (or a substantially similar successor of such rule), the Company cannot obtain such certification, identification, information, documentation, declaration or other evidence or satisfy any other reporting requirements, on its own through reasonable diligence and the Company otherwise would meet the requirements for application of Rule I.3.22.8, as amended (or such successor of such rule) or (ii) in the case of a Holder or beneficial owner of a Note that is a pension fund or other tax-exempt organization, such Holder or beneficial owner would be subject to Mexican Withholding Taxes at a rate less than that provided by Article 195, Section II, paragraph (a) of the Mexican Income Tax Law in connection with Rule I.3.22.8, as amended, if the information, documentation or other evidence required under clause (d) above were provided. In addition, clause (c) above shall not be construed to require that a non-Mexican pension or retirement fund, a non-Mexican tax-exempt organization, a non-Mexican financial institution or any other Holder or beneficial owner of a Note register with the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit for the purpose of establishing eligibility for an exemption from or reduction of Mexican Withholding Taxes.
          The Company will, upon written request, provide the Trustee, the Holders and the Paying Agent with a duly certified or authenticated copy of an original receipt of the payment of Mexican Withholding Taxes which the Company has withheld or deducted in respect of any payments made under or with respect to the Notes.
          In the event that Additional Amounts actually paid with respect to any Notes are based on Mexican Withholding Taxes in excess of the appropriate Mexican Withholding Taxes applicable to the Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes and, as a result thereof, such Holder or beneficial owner is entitled to make a claim for a refund of such excess, or credit such excess against Mexican taxes, then, to the extent it is able to do so without jeopardizing its entitlement to such refund or credit, such Holder or beneficial owner shall, by accepting the Notes, be deemed to have assigned and transferred all right, title and interest to any claim for a refund or credit of such excess to the Company. By making such assignment and transfer, the Holder or beneficial owner makes no representation or warranty that the Company will be entitled to receive such claim for a refund or credit and incurs no other obligation with respect thereto (including executing or delivering any documents and paying any costs or expenses of the Company relating to obtaining such refund). Nothing contained in this paragraph shall interfere with the right of each Holder or beneficial owner of a Note to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Holder or beneficial owner of a Note to claim any refund or credit or to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.
          If the Company is obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes (other than Additional Amounts payable on the date

53


 

of this Indenture), the Company will, upon written request, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts are payable and the amounts so payable.
          In addition, the Company will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary or other similar taxes and other similar duties (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed or levied by Mexico (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) in respect of the creation, issue and offering of the Notes.
          SECTION 4.21 Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores . Promptly after the date of this Indenture, the Company will furnish to the Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores of México all information necessary to complete the registration of the Notes in the Special Section of the National Registry of Securities.
          SECTION 4.22 Covenant Termination . From and after any time that:
     (a) any Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both the Rating Agencies; and
     (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture,
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.10 and 4.11.
ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
          SECTION 5.01 When Company May Merge, Etc . The Company will not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property and assets (as an entirety or substantially an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to, any Person or permit any Person to merge with or into the Company unless: (i) the Company shall be the continuing Person, or the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or that acquired or leased such property and assets of the Company shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of Mexico (including, without limitation, a sociedad responsabilidad limitada ), the United States of America or any jurisdiction of either such country and shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company on all of the Notes and under this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company, or any Person becoming the successor obligor of the Notes, could incur at least U.S.$1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of Section 4.03; provided that this clause (iii) shall not apply to a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary with a positive net worth; provided that, in connection with any such consolidation or merger, no consideration (other than Common Stock in the surviving Person or the Company) shall be issued or distributed to the stockholders of the Company; and (iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic

54


 

computations to demonstrate compliance with clause (iii)) and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture complies with this provision and that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such transaction have been complied with; provided , however , that clause (iii) above does not apply if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution, the principal purpose of such transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company or to incorporate the Company under the laws of a state of the United States; and provided further that any such transaction shall not have as one of its purposes the evasion of the foregoing limitations.
          SECTION 5.02 Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 of this Indenture, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein.
ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
          SECTION 6.01 Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” shall occur with respect to the Notes if:
     (a) the Company defaults in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;
     (b) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (c) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches the provisions of Article Five or fails to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or Section 4.12;
     (d) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or under the Notes (other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;
     (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of U.S.$20.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (i) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration

55


 

and/or (ii) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default;
     (f) [intentionally omitted];
     (g) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of U.S.$25.0 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed U.S.$25.0 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;
     (h) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days;
     (i) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, síndico , custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
     (j) (A) the Concession Title shall cease to grant to the Company the rights (including exclusive rights) provided therein on the date of this Indenture and such cessation has had a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (B) (x) the Concession Title shall for any reason be terminated and not reinstated within 30 days or (y) rights provided therein which were originally exclusive to the Company shall become nonexclusive and the cessation of such exclusivity has had a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (C) the operations of the Northeast Rail Lines shall be commandeered or repossessed (a requisa ) for a period of 90 days or more.

56


 

          SECTION 6.02 Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h), (i) or (j)(B)(x) above that occurs with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration because an Event of Default set forth in clause (e) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (e) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or its Significant Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto. If an Event of Default specified in clause (h), (i) or (j)(B)(x) above occurs with respect to the Company and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
          SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note as specified in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or provision of this Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
          SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority . The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that

57


 

conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders not joining in the giving of such direction; and provided further that the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any directions received from Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.05.
          SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits . A Holder may not institute any proceeding, judicial or other remedy, with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
     (i) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
     (ii) the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes shall have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liabilities or expenses to be incurred in compliance with such request;
     (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
     (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with such written request.
          For purposes of Section 6.05 of this Indenture and this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 316(a) in making any determination of whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes have concurred in any request or direction of the Trustee to pursue any remedy available to the Trustee or the Holders with respect to this Indenture or the Notes or otherwise under the law.
          A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.
          SECTION 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Holder’s Note on or after the respective due dates expressed on such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
          SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor of the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on

58


 

overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate specified in the Notes, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
          SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor of the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies, securities or other property payable or deliverable upon conversion or exchange of the Notes or upon any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian, receiver, assignee, síndico , trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
          SECTION 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
      First : to the Trustee for all amounts due under Section 7.07;
      Second : to Holders for amounts then due and unpaid for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
      Third : to the Company, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.
          The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
          SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not

59


 

apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 of this Indenture, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
          SECTION 6.12 Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then, and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
          SECTION 6.13 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or wrongfully taken Notes in Section 2.09, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
          SECTION 6.14 Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article Six or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
ARTICLE SEVEN
TRUSTEE
          SECTION 7.01 General . The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the TIA and as set forth herein. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee need only perform those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Article Seven.

60


 

          SECTION 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through (d):
     (i) the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document;
     (ii) before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion;
     (iii) the Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care;
     (iv) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
     (v) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;
     (vi) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
     (vii) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;
     (viii) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it thereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

61


 

     (ix) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; and
     (x) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, co-trustee, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
          SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311.
          SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, (ii) shall not be accountable for the Company’s use or application of the proceeds from the Notes and (iii) shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.05 Notice of Default . If any Default or any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if such Default or Event of Default is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c) notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs, unless such Default or Event of Default has been cured; provided , however , that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.
          SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders . Within 60 days after each March 15, beginning with March 15, 2010, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such March 15, if required by TIA Section 313(a).
          SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee and each Paying Agent such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its services. The compensation of the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee and each Paying Agent upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and advances incurred or made by the Trustee and each Paying Agent. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s or such Paying Agent’s agents and counsel.
          The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, its agents and officers, and each Paying Agent against any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, judgments, actions, claims, suits, proceedings, such reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable

62


 

fees and disbursements of counsel) of any kind whatsoever which may be incurred by the Trustee, its agents and officers, or such Paying Agent arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture; provided , however , that the Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, obligation, damage, penalty, judgment, action, suit, proceeding, reasonable cost or expense (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) of any kind whatsoever which may be incurred by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding (whether or not such indemnified party is designated a party to such proceeding) in which and to the extent that it is determined that the Trustee, its agents and officers, or any Paying Agent acted with negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee or an officer of such Paying Agent has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, unless the Company is materially prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee and such Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall cooperate in the defense. Unless otherwise set forth herein, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, in its capacity as Trustee or Paying Agent, except money or property held in trust by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01, the expenses and the compensation for the services will be intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any applicable federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
          The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
          SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee . A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.
          The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the consent of the Company. The Company may at any time remove the Trustee by Company Order given at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed removal.

63


 

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If the successor Trustee does not deliver its written acceptance required by the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 7.08 within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee at the expense of the Company, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company, immediately after the delivery of such written acceptance, subject to the lien provided in Section 7.07, (i) the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, (ii) the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and (iii) the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.
          If the Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10, any Holder who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(b) may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          The Company shall give notice of any resignation and any removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligation under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, trust company or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or national banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee with the same effect as if the successor Trustee had been named as the Trustee herein.
          SECTION 7.10 Eligibility . This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee (together with its parent) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$25.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
          SECTION 7.11 Money Held in Trust . The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article Eight and Article Twelve of this Indenture.

64


 

          SECTION 7.12 Withholding Taxes . The Trustee, as agent for the Company, shall exclude and withhold from each payment of principal and interest and other amounts due hereunder or under the Notes any and all U.S. withholding taxes applicable thereto as required by U.S. law. The Trustee agrees to act as such withholding agent and, in connection therewith, whenever any present or future U.S. taxes or similar charges are required to be withheld with respect to any amounts payable in respect of the Notes, to withhold such amounts and timely pay the same to the appropriate U.S. authority in the name of and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, that it will file any necessary U.S. withholding tax returns or statements when due, and that, as promptly as possible after the payment thereof, it will deliver to each Holder appropriate documentation showing the payment thereof, together with such additional documentary evidence as such Holders may reasonably request from time to time.
          SECTION 7.13 Appointment of Co-Trustee . It is the purpose of this Indenture that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction (including particularly the law of the relevant state) denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Indenture, and in particular in case of the enforcement thereof on default, or in the case the Trustee deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the powers, rights or remedies herein granted to the Trustee or hold title to the properties, in trust, as herein granted or take any action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Trustee appoint an individual or institution as a separate or co-trustee. The following provisions of this Section are adopted to these ends.
          In the event that the Trustee appoints an additional individual or institution as a separate or co-trustee, each and every remedy, power, right, claim, demand, cause of action, immunity, estate, title, interest and lien expressed or intended by this Indenture to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Trustee with respect thereto shall be exercisable by and vest in such separate or co-trustee but only to the extent necessary to enable such separate or co-trustee to exercise such powers, rights and remedies, and only to the extent that the Trustee by the laws of any jurisdiction (including particularly the relevant state) is incapable of exercising such powers, rights and remedies and every covenant and obligation necessary to the exercise thereof by such separate or co-trustee shall run to and be enforceable by either of them. No Trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other Trustee hereunder, nor will the act or omission of any Trustee hereunder be imputed to any other Trustee.
          Should any instrument in writing from the Company be required by the separate or co-trustee so appointed by the Trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations, any and all such instruments in writing shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Company at the expense of the Company; provided, that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Company does not execute any such instrument within 15 days after a request therefor, the Trustee shall be empowered as an attorney-in-fact for the Company to execute any such instrument in the Company’s name and stead. In case any separate or co-trustee or a successor to either shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of such separate or co-trustee, so far as permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee until the appointment of a new trustee or successor to such separate or co-trustee.

65


 

ARTICLE EIGHT
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE, DEFEASANCE
          SECTION 8.01 Termination of Company’s Obligations . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.01, the Company may terminate its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture if:
          (i) all Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Notes that have been replaced or Notes that are paid pursuant to Section 4.01 or Notes for whose payment money or securities have theretofore been held in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in Section 8.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder; or
          (ii) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee have become due and payable, mature within one year or all of them are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for giving the notice of redemption, (B) the Company irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited in trust with the Trustee during such one-year period, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money or Government Securities sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of any interest thereon, to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, (C) the Company has paid all other sums payable by it hereunder, and (D) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating (and such statements shall be true) that (1) all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and (2) such satisfaction and discharge will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument (which, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, would be any other material agreement or instrument known to such counsel after due inquiry) to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.
          With respect to the foregoing clause (i), the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall survive. With respect to the foregoing clause (ii), the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08, 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07 and 8.05 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations, as the case may be, under the Notes and this Indenture, except for those surviving obligations specified above.
          SECTION 8.02 Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture . The Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes on the 123rd day after the date of the deposit referred to in clause (A) of this Section 8.02 if:

66


 

     (A) with reference to this Section 8.02, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10 of this Indenture) and conveyed all right, title and interest for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders, in and to (1) money in an amount, (2) Government Securities that, through the payment of interest, premium, if any, and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (A), money in an amount or (3) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Notes at the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Company to apply such money or the proceeds of such Government Securities to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;
     (B) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (C) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and no Default or Event of Default shall occur during the period ending on the 123rd day after such date of deposit;
     (D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (1) either (x) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised or (y) an Opinion of Counsel to the same effect as the ruling described in clause (1)(x) above accompanied by a ruling to that effect published by the Internal Revenue Service, unless such Opinion of Counsel states that there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law since the date of this Indenture such that a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service is no longer required, (2) either (x) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, based upon Mexican tax law then in effect, Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Mexican federal income tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 8.02 and will be subject to Mexican federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the

67


 

same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred, or (y) a ruling directed to the Trustee received from the Mexican taxing authorities to the same effect as the Opinion of Counsel described in clause (2)(x) above, and (3) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (x) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and (y) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law in a case commenced by or against the Company under either such statute;
     (E) if the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit defeasance and discharge will not cause the Notes to be delisted; and
     (F) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02 have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the end of the 123-day period referred to in this Section 8.02, none of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture shall be discharged. Subsequent to the end of such 123-day period with respect to this Section 8.02, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.02, 7.07, 7.08 and 8.05 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive. If and when a ruling or an Opinion of Counsel referred to in clauses (D)(1) and (D)(2) of this Section 8.02 may be provided specifically without regard to, and not in reliance upon, the continuance of the Company’s obligations under Section 4.01, then the Company’s obligations under such Section 4.01 shall cease upon delivery to the Trustee of such ruling or Opinion of Counsel and compliance with the other conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.02.
          After any such irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations in the immediately preceding paragraph.
          SECTION 8.03 Defeasance of Certain Obligations . The Company may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in clause (iii) of Section 5.01 and Sections 4.03 through 4.18, and clause (c) of Section 6.01 with respect to clause (iii) of Section 5.01, and clauses (d), (e) and (g) of Section 6.01 shall be deemed not to be Events of Default, in each case with respect to the outstanding Notes, if:
     (i) with reference to this Section 8.03, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10) and conveyed all right, title and interest to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders as security for payment

68


 

of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders, in and to (A) money in an amount, (B) Government Securities that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment referred to in this clause (i), money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, without consideration of the reinvestment of such interest and after payment of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes or other charges and assessments in respect thereof payable by the Trustee, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity of such principal or interest; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such Government Securities to the payment of such principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes;
     (ii) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; and no Default or Event of Default shall occur during the period ending on the 123rd day after such date of deposit;
     (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) (x) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940 and (y) after the passage of 123 days following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law in a case commenced by or against the Company under either such statute, (B) the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and the defeasance of the obligations referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 8.03 and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and (C) the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Mexican federal income tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of such deposit and the defeasance of the obligations referred to in the first paragraph of this Section 8.03 and will be subject to Mexican federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
     (v) if the Notes are then listed on a national securities exchange, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit defeasance and discharge will not cause the Notes to be delisted; and

69


 

     (vi) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section 8.03 have been complied with.
          SECTION 8.04 Application of Trust Money . Subject to Section 8.06, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money or Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.01, 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be and shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          SECTION 8.05 Repayment to Company . Subject to Sections 7.07, 8.01, 8.02 and 8.03, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request set forth in an Officers’ Certificate any excess money held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent before being required to make any payment may cause to be published at the expense of the Company once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money at such Holder’s address (as set forth in the Note Register) notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein (which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing) any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining, unless otherwise required by mandatory escheat, or abandoned or unclaimed property law, will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.
          SECTION 8.06 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.03, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
          SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of Holders . The Company, when authorized by resolutions of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or the consent of any Holder:

70


 

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in this Indenture; provided that such amendments or supplements shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect;
     (2) to comply with Article Five;
     (3) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
     (4) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee or any additional Paying Agent; or
     (5) to provide for the issuance of Add On Notes as permitted by Section 3.05, which will have terms substantially identical to the other outstanding Notes except as specified in Section 3.05, and which will be treated, together with any other outstanding Notes, as a single issue of securities.
          SECTION 9.02 With Consent of Holders . Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 and without prior notice to the Holders, the Company, when authorized by its Board of Directors (as evidenced by a Board Resolution), and the Trustee may amend this Indenture and the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may waive future compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture and the Notes.
          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.02, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not:
     (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of any Holder of any Note, or change any place of payment where, or the currency in which, any Note or any premium or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);
     (ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain Defaults and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;
     (iii) waive a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note;
     (iv) modify Section 4.20 in a manner adverse to the Holders; or

71


 

     (v) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company will mail supplemental indentures to Holders upon request. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.
          SECTION 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consent . Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting Holder, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion of its Note. Such revocation shall be effective only if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective on receipt by the Trustee of written consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the last two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph, those persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies) and only those persons shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date.
          After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 9.02. In case of an amendment or waiver of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 9.02, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the Note of the consenting Holder.
          SECTION 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that

72


 

reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
          SECTION 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc . The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall sign such amendment, supplement or waiver if the same does not adversely affect the rights of the Trustee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
          SECTION 9.06 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article Nine shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.
ARTICLE TEN
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
ARTICLE ELEVEN
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
ARTICLE TWELVE
[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
MISCELLANEOUS
          SECTION 13.01 Trust Indenture Act of 1939 . Prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall incorporate and be governed by the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the TIA. After the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, this Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be a part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.
          SECTION 13.02 Notices . Any notice or communication shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid. addressed as follows:
     
if to the Company :
   
 
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
c/o Kansas City Southern
   
 
Overnight Courier Address:
  U.S. Mail Address:
 
427 West 12 th Street
  P.O. Box 219335
Kansas City, MO 64105
  Kansas City, MO 64121-9335

73


 

     
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
 
if to the Trustee :
   
 
U.S. Bank National Association
   
Corporate Trust Services
   
225 Asylum Street, 23 rd Floor
   
Hartford, CT 06103-1919
   
Attention: Michael M. Hopkins
   
          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          All notices or communications to a Holder shall be deemed to have been given upon the mailing by first class mail, postage prepaid, of such notices to Noteholders at their registered addresses as recorded in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed in the Notes for the giving of such notice. Copies of any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. Except for a notice to the Trustee, which is deemed given only when received, and except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, if a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided in this Section 13.02, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. All communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective when actually received by the Trustee.
          Neither the failure to give any notice to a particular Holder, nor any defect in any notice given to any particular Holder, shall affect the sufficiency of any notice given to another Holder.
          SECTION 13.03 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, if the Trustee so requests:

74


 

     (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
     (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such Counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
          SECTION 13.04 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
     (i) a statement that each person signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
     (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based;
     (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
     (iv) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that, with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
          SECTION 13.05 Meetings of Noteholders . A meeting of the Noteholders to consider matters affecting their interests may be called by the Trustee or the holders of at least 10.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
          SECTION 13.06 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.
          SECTION 13.07 Payment Date Other Than a Business Day . If an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Excess Proceeds Payment Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note, as the case may be, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Excess Proceeds Payment Date, or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or date of maturity of such Note; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Change of Control Payment Date, Excess Proceeds Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or date of maturity, as the case may be.
          SECTION 13.08 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Agent for Service . Each of the parties hereto agrees that the Notes and this Indenture will be governed by

75


 

the laws of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York for purposes of all legal actions and proceedings instituted in connection with the Notes and this Indenture, and waives any objection which it may now have or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding and any right to which it may be entitled on account of place of residence or domicile. The Company has appointed C T Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011, as the Company’s authorized agent upon which process may be served in any such action.
          SECTION 13.09 Currency Indemnity . U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company under or in connection with the Notes, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or otherwise) by any Holder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company shall only constitute a discharge to the Company to the extent of the dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that dollar amount is less than the dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, the Company shall indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result. In any event, the Company shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 13.09, it will be sufficient for the Holder to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating the sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Company’s other obligations, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note.
          SECTION 13.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
          SECTION 13.11 No Recourse Against Others . No recourse for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Indenture, or in any of the Notes, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or controlling person of the Company, or of any successor Person thereof, either directly or through the Company or any successor Person, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby

76


 

expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.
          SECTION 13.12 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
          SECTION 13.13 Duplicate Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          SECTION 13.14 Separability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
          SECTION 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc . The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms and provisions hereof.
          SECTION 13.16 Waiver of Immunity . To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Company hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture.

77


 

SIGNATURES
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.
         
  Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul J. Weyandt    
    Name:   Paul J. Weyandt   
    Title:   Attorney-in-fact   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Rodrigo Flores    
    Name:   Rodrigo Flores   
    Title:   Attorney-in-fact   
 
  U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Paying Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael M. Hopkins    
    Name:   Michael M. Hopkins   
    Title:   Vice President   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
[FACE OF NOTE]
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016
[CUSIP] [           ]
[           ]
[CINS] [______]
[ISIN] [______]
No.     U.S.$________________
          Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V., a corporation ( sociedad anónima de capital variable ) organized under the laws of Mexico (the “Company,” which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of U.S.$________________ on April 1, 2016.
          Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 2009.
          Regular Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.
          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
         
Date: March 30, 2009
 
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-2


 

         
Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
This is one of the 12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
  U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

A-3


 

[REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes
1. Principal and Interest .
          The Company will pay the principal of this Note on April 1, 2016.
          The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate per annum shown above.
          Interest will be payable semiannually (to the holders of record of the Notes at the close of business on March 15 or September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing October 1, 2009.
          Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from March 30, 2009; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum that is 2.0% in excess of the rate otherwise payable.
2. Method of Payment .
          The Company will pay principal as provided above and interest (except defaulted interest) on the principal amount of the Notes as provided above on each April 1 and October 1 to the persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Company will not make payment to the Holder unless this Note is surrendered to a Paying Agent.
          The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and, as provided above, interest (and Additional Amounts, if any) in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by its check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register). If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

A-4


 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar .
          Initially, the Trustee will act as authenticating agent, Paying Agent in New York and Registrar. The Company may appoint or change any authenticating agent, Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.
4.  Indenture; Limitations .
          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 30, 2009 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and the U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and as paying agent (“Paying Agent”). Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.
          The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture limits the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to U.S.$200,000,000 plus any Add On Notes or Exchange Notes that may be issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
5. Optional Redemption .
          The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on or after April 1, 2013 and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holders’ last address as it appears in the Note Register, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts (as defined in Section 4.20 of the Indenture) to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing April 1, of the years set forth below:
         
Year   Redemption Price
2013
    106.250 %
2014
    103.125 %
2015
    100.000 %
          In addition, at any time prior to April 1, 2012, the Company may redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the Notes with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or KCS, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are contributed to the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from the Company, at a Redemption Price equal to 112.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that after giving effect to any such redemption:

A-5


 

  (1)   at least 65.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding; and
 
  (2)   any such redemption must be made within 60 days of such Equity Offering and must be made in accordance with certain procedures set forth in the Indenture.
          Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the Company may also redeem any Notes which were not surrendered in the Exchange Offer in an amount up to 2.0% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued at a redemption price of 100.0% of their principal amount plus accrued interest, if any, and any Additional Amounts to the Redemption Date.
6. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes .
          The Notes will be subject to redemption, in whole but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time at 100.0% of their principal amount together with accrued interest, liquidated damages, if any, and any Additional Amounts thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in excess of those attributable to a withholding tax rate of 4.9% as a result of a change in or amendment to the laws (including any regulations or general rules promulgated thereunder) of Mexico (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), or any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations or general rules, including a holding of a court of competent jurisdiction, which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after March 30, 2009. The Company shall not, however, have the right to redeem Notes from a Holder pursuant to this Section except to the extent that it is obligated to pay Additional Amounts to such Holder that are greater than the Additional Amounts that would be payable based on a Mexican Withholding Tax rate of 4.9%.
7. Partial Redemption .
          In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements, as certified to it by the Company, of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed or, if such Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange, by lot or by such other method as such Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate; provided that no Note of U.S.$100,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
8. Notice of Redemption .
          Notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 5 hereof will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as it appears in the Note Register. Notice of any redemption

A-6


 

pursuant to Section 6 hereof will be mailed at least six days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as it appears in the Note Register. Notes in original denominations larger than U.S.$100,000 may be redeemed in part. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue and the principal amount shall remain constant (using the principal amount as of the Redemption Date) on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price.
9. Repurchase upon Change of Control .
          Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the repurchase of its Notes by the Company in cash pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture at a purchase price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof on the date of repurchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
          A notice of such Change of Control will be mailed within 30 days after any Change of Control occurs to each Holder at his last address as it appears in the Note Register. Notes in original denominations larger than U.S.$100,000 may be sold to the Company in part. On and after the Change of Control Payment Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes surrendered for purchase by the Company, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment.
10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .
          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S.$100,000 of principal amount and multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed is made.
11. Persons Deemed Owners .
          A Holder shall be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.
12. Unclaimed Money .
          If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

A-7


 

13. Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity .
          The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of U.S. Dollars or Government Securities sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be.
14. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .
          Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.
15. Restrictive Covenants .
          The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to incur additional Indebtedness, make Restricted Payments, use the proceeds from Asset Sales, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, engage in transactions with Affiliates or, with respect to the Company, merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of their assets. Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
16. Successor Persons .
          When a successor person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor person will be released from those obligations.
17. Defaults and Remedies .
          The following events constitute “Events of Default” under the Indenture: (a) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; (c) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches the provisions of Article Five of the Indenture or fails to make or consummate an Offer to Purchase in accordance with Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture; (d) the Company defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or under this Note (other than a default specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above), and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 consecutive days after written notice by the Trustee or the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes; (e) there occurs with respect to any issue or issues of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its

A-8


 

Significant Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of U.S.$20.0 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, (I) an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such Indebtedness to be due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity and such Indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration has not been rescinded or annulled within 30 days of such acceleration and/or (II) the failure to make a principal payment at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days of such payment default; (f) [intentionally omitted]; (g) any final judgment or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess of U.S.$25.0 million in the aggregate for all such final judgments or orders against all such Persons (treating any deductibles, self-insurance or retention as not so covered) shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and shall not be paid or discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry of the final judgment or order that causes the aggregate amount for all such final judgments or orders outstanding and not paid or discharged against all such Persons to exceed U.S.$25.0 million during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; (h) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, síndico , custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; (i) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (j) (A) the Concession Title shall cease to grant to the Company the rights (including exclusive rights) provided therein on the date of the Indenture and such cessation has had a material adverse effect on its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (B) (x) the Concession Title shall for any reason be terminated and not reinstated within 30 days or (y) rights provided therein which were originally exclusive to the Company shall become nonexclusive and the cessation of such exclusivity has had a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (C) the operations of the Northeast Rail Lines shall be commandeered or repossessed (a requisa ) for a period of 90 days or more. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h), (i) or (j)(B)(x) above that occurs with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders), may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be immediately due and payable.

A-9


 

          If an Event of Default specified in clause (h), (i) or (j)(B)(x) above occurs with respect to the Company and is continuing, the Notes automatically become due and payable. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.
18. Additional Amounts .
          Any payments by the Company under or with respect to the Notes may require the payment of Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 4.20 of the Indenture.
19. Trustee Dealings with Company .
          The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
20. No Recourse Against Others .
          No incorporator or any past, present or future partner, shareholder, other equity holder, officer, director, employee or controlling person as such, of the Company or of any successor Person shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.
21. Authentication .
          This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
22. Abbreviations .
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V., Montes Urales No. 625, Col. Lomas de Chapultepec, Delegación Miguel Hidalgo, 11000, México D.F., Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

A-10


 

[FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE]
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto
Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

 
Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee

 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing ________________________________ attorney to transfer said Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
[THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED
ON ALL NOTES OTHER THAN EXCHANGE NOTES,
OFFSHORE GLOBAL NOTES AND
OFFSHORE PHYSICAL NOTES]
          In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the earlier of (i) the date of an effective registration statement or (ii) the end of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any general solicitation or general advertising:
[ Check One ]
o (a)   this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
or
o (b)   this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

A-11


 

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.08 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
         
Date:
       
 
     
 
      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
         
Date:
       
 
     
 
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-12


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the Box:  o
          If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount: U.S.$_____________________
Date:
     
Your Signature:
   
 
   
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
Signature Guarantee: ____________________________

A-13


 

EXHIBIT B
Form of Certificate
________________, ____
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
225 Asylum Street, 23 rd Floor
Hartford, CT 06103-1919
Attention: Michael M. Hopkins
Re:      Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. (the “Company”)
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016
(the “Notes”)
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This letter relates to U.S.$____________ principal amount of Notes represented by a Note (the “ Legended Note ”) which bears a legend outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Note. Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture dated as of March 30, 2009 (the “ Indenture ”) relating to the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we will hold such securities on behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to exchange the legended certificate for an unlegended certificate representing an identical principal amount of Notes, all in the manner provided for in the Indenture.
     You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
         
  Very truly yours,

[Name of Holder]
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signature   
       
 

B-1


 

EXHIBIT C
Form of Certificate to Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers
Pursuant to Regulation S
________________, ____
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
225 Asylum Street, 23 rd Floor
Hartford, CT 06103-1919
Attention: Michael M. Hopkins
Re:      Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. (the “Company”)
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016
(the “Notes”)
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          In connection with our proposed sale of U.S.$ _______________ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and, accordingly, we represent that:
     (1) if the offer of the Notes was made prior to the expiration of the Distribution compliance period, the offer of the Notes was not made to a U.S. person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. person;
     (2) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
     (3) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States;
     (4) no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and
     (5) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested parry in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 

C-1


 

         
       
[Name of Transferor]
 
By:        
  Authorized Signature     
       
 

C-2


 

EXHIBIT D
Form of Certificate to Be
Delivered in Connection with
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
(Other Than Outside the United States in Reliance on Regulation S)
_____________, _____
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
225 Asylum Street, 23 rd Floor
Hartford, CT 06103-1919
Attention: Michael M. Hopkins
Re:      Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V. (the “Company”)
12 1 / 2 % Senior Notes due 2016
(the “Notes”)
 
Dear Sirs:
          In connection with our proposed purchase of U.S.$_______________ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that:
     1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of March 30, 2009 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.

D-1


 

     3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
     4. We are purchasing notes having a minimum purchase price of not less than U.S.$250,000 for our own account or for any separate account for which we are acting.
     5. We are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act or an entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) under the Securities Act (an “institutional accredited investor”) able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the notes.
     6. Any purchase of notes by us will be for our own account or for the account of one or more other institutional accredited investors for each of which we exercise sole investment discretion (and have authority to make, and do make, the statements contained in this letter) or as fiduciary for the account of one or more trusts, each of which is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(7) under the Securities Act and for each of which we exercise sole investment discretion; or we are a “bank” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a “savings and loan association” or other institution described in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, that is acquiring the notes as fiduciary for the account of one or more institutions for which we exercise sole investment discretion.
     7. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the notes.
          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
         
  Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferee]
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signature   
       
 

D-2

Exhibit 10.3
KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)
1.   PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to provide management employees of the Employer with annual incentive compensation based on the level of achievement of financial and other performance criteria. The Plan is intended to focus the interests of these employees on the key measures of the Company’s success and to reward these employees for achieving the key measures of the Company’s success. This Plan is not intended to be a performance-based plan for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
2.   DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
(a) “ Award ” shall mean a cash payment for a Performance Year payable to a Participant on account of his or her participation in the Plan.
(b) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including applicable regulations and rulings thereunder and any successor provisions thereto.
(d) “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation and Organization Committee of the Board (or any successor committee).
(e) “ Company ” shall mean Kansas City Southern, and any successor thereto which adopts the Plan.
(f) “ Disability ” shall mean a disability as defined under the Employer’s applicable long-term disability program.
(g) “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean an individual who is employed by an Employer in active service and who is not represented by a union or other collective bargaining organization.
(h) “ Employer ” shall mean the Company and any affiliate of the Company that elects to participate and be an Employer under the Plan with the consent of the Company.
(i) “ Leave ” shall mean an absence from work with the approval of the applicable Employer. Leaves include absences for short-term disability, family leaves of absence and other approved leaves of absence.
(j) “ Maximum Award ” shall mean an Award level that may be paid if the maximum level of the Performance Goal(s) is achieved in the Performance Year.

 


 

(k) “ Participant ” shall mean, with respect to any Performance Year, any Eligible Employee who is selected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.
(l) “ Performance Goal ” shall mean the pre-established performance goal(s) established under the Plan for each Performance Year as described in Section 4 of the Plan.
(m) “ Performance Measures ” shall mean one or more of the following criteria, on which Performance Goals may be based: revenues, net income, pre-tax income, operating income, earnings per share, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), cash flow, return on equity, return on capital, return on assets, operating ratio, and capital expenditures; provided , that the Committee shall have the authority to use Performance Measures other than those herein specified as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.
(n) “ Performance Year ” shall mean the calendar year of the Company in which a Participant provides services on account of which the Award is made.
(o) “ Plan ” shall mean the Kansas City Southern Annual Incentive Plan, as set forth herein, as from time to time amended.
(p) “ Proration Fraction ” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Performance Year the individual was an Eligible Employee, and the denominator of which is 365.
(q) “ Target Award ” shall mean an Award level that may be paid if the target level of the Performance Goal(s) is achieved in the Performance Year.
(r) “ Threshold Award ” shall mean an Award level that may be paid if the threshold level of the Performance Goal(s) is achieved in the Performance Year.
3.   ELIGIBILITY and PARTICIPATION.
(a) In General . An Eligible Employee of an Employer will become a Participant for a Performance Year if he or she is selected by the Company, subject to the approval of the Committee, as eligible to participate in the Plan. Participants will be determined at the beginning of each Performance Year, and participation in the Plan during one Performance Year does not guarantee continued participation in future Performance Years. The Company, subject to the approval of the Committee, may add Participants during the course of a Performance Year as it deems appropriate in its sole discretion. A Participant must be

2


 

employed by an Employer on the last business day of a Performance Year in order to be eligible to receive an Award, except as provided in Section 3(b)(2) below.
(b) Prorations for Partial Year . A Participant who is not an Eligible Employee for an entire Performance Year may receive an Award for any portion of the Performance Year that he or she is an Eligible Employee, under the circumstances described below and subject to Section 5 of the Plan:
  1)   New Hires, Transfers . A Participant who becomes an Eligible Employee on account of being hired or transferred during a Performance Year will be eligible for a prorated Award for such Performance Year. The amount of the prorated Award shall be equal to the full amount of the Award otherwise determined under Section 4 of the Plan, multiplied by the Proration Fraction. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, and subject to the provisions of Section 3(a) of the Plan, an individual who becomes an Eligible Employee on or after October 1 of a Performance Year will not become a Participant in such Performance Year and will not be eligible for an Award for such Performance Year.
 
  2)   Death or Disability . A Participant who has a termination of employment during a Performance Year on account of death or Disability will be eligible for a prorated Award for such Performance Year. The amount of the prorated Award shall be equal to the full amount of the Award for such individual for the Performance Year in which the death or Disability occurs, multiplied by the Proration Fraction. With respect to the calculation of an Award for purposes of this provision, the Participant’s rate of base salary in effect for the last full payroll period of his or her employment shall be used.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its discretion, based upon the recommendation of the Company, determine that a Participant who is added during the course of a Performance Year will be eligible for an Award for the Performance Year that is not a prorated Award and that therefore is not multiplied by the Proration Fraction.
(c) Leaves . A Participant who is on Leave for an aggregate of more than three (3) months during a Performance Year will not be eligible for an Award for such Performance Year; provided however, a Participant who is on Leave under the Family Medical Leave Act will continue as a Participant during such Leave and will be eligible for an Award for the Performance Year of such Leave subject to other provisions of the Plan,

3


 

and a Participant who is on Leave during a period of service in the uniformed services and returns to employment with the Employer and is entitled to benefits upon reemployment under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act will continue as a Participant during such Leave and will be eligible for an Award for the Performance Year of such Leave subject to other provisions of the Plan.
4.   DETERMINATION OF AWARDS.
(a) Establishment of Performance Goal . The Company shall establish objective Performance Goals for each Award after the beginning of each Performance Year subject to the approval of the Committee. The Performance Goals may be based upon the performance of the Company, the Employer, or any operating unit level, division or function thereof, and may be applied either alone or relative to the performance of other businesses or individuals (including industry or general market indices), based on one or more of the Performance Measures. Performance Goals may be expressed as whole dollar amounts, percentages or growth rates. Performance Goals will be determined each year by the senior management of the Company, with consultation from other third party sources, and are subject to the approval of the Committee. Performance Goals will be set for each Performance Measure as follows: threshold, target and maximum. No Award will be made under a Performance Measure if results are below the threshold level.
(b) Establishment of Awards . The Company shall also establish, subject to the approval of the Committee, the Threshold Award, the Target Award and the Maximum Award payable to a Participant if the Performance Goal(s) is achieved. The payment of any Award shall be subject to achievement of the applicable Performance Goals and certification by the President of the Company to the degree to which each of the Performance Goals have been attained. The Committee will consider such certification in its determination hereunder of whether an Award shall be paid. Threshold Awards, Target Awards and Maximum Awards will be expressed as a percentage of a participant’s base salary and correspond to salary grades. Target Award percentages will be determined each year by the senior management of the Company, with consultation from other third party sources, and are subject to the approval of the Committee. For purposes of determining the amount of an Award, the Participant’s rate of base salary in effect for the last full payroll period of the Performance Year to which the Award pertains shall be used.
(c) Maximum Individual Award . The maximum amount of any Maximum Award to a Participant for any Performance Year shall be the lesser of $2,000,000 or 200 percent of a Participant’s Target Award for a Performance Year. Threshold Award amounts will be 50% of the potential Target Award amount (multiplied by the Performance Measure weighting).

4


 

(d) Adjustments to Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, modify the amount of any Award based on such criteria as it shall determine, including, but not limited to, financial results, individual performance, safety performance, business unit and site accomplishments, and other factors tied to the success of the Company or any of its business units. The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust any Award downward. There is no obligation of uniformity of treatment of Participants under the Plan.
(e) Determination of Attainment of Performance Goals . The Committee may determine in its sole discretion how results will be calculated related to the Performance Measures selected for a particular Performance Year. In determining results for a Performance Year, the Committee may approve adjustments in the calculations to reflect extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items.
(f) Profit Sharing Adjustment . If, under statutory law, a Participant is entitled to a profit sharing payment from the Employer for a calendar year that coincides with a Performance Year, then the Award amount otherwise payable to the Participant hereunder shall be reduced by an amount equal to such statutory profit sharing amount payable to the Participant. If applicable, for purposes of calculating such reduction, the statutory profit sharing amount shall be converted to U.S. dollars in accordance with procedures established hereunder.
5.   PAYMENT OF AWARDS.
(a) Time of Payment . An Award shall be paid to a Participant in cash as soon as practicable after the Committee has certified in writing that the Performance Goal(s) for the Performance Year have been achieved; provided, however, in no event will the Award with respect to a Performance Year be paid to a Participant later than the 15 th day of the third month following the end of such Performance Year. No absolute right to any Award shall be considered as having accrued to any Participant prior to the payment of the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award with respect to a Performance Year to be paid to a Participant that is not subject to income taxation under the laws of the United States, may be paid later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of such Performance Year, but shall not in any event be paid later than the 30th day of the fourth month following the end of such Performance Year. Awards payable to other Participants who have had a termination of employment on account of death or Disability during the Performance Year shall be payable in accordance with Section 3(b) of the Plan and at the same time other Participants receive Awards under the Plan.

5


 

(b) Termination of Employment Other Than on Account of Death or Disability . A Participant who has a termination of employment other than on account of death or Disability prior to the last day of a Performance Year shall not be paid any Award for such Performance Year.
(c) Termination of Employment on Account of Death or Disability . A Participant who has a termination of employment on account of death or Disability after the end of the Performance Year but prior to the payment date for Awards for such Performance Year shall be paid the full amount of any Award for such Performance Year, determined under Section 4 of the Plan (in addition to any amount determined under Section 3(b) for the Performance Year in which the termination of employment on account of death or Disability occurs). If the Participant dies prior to receiving payment of an Award, any Award payable under the Plan to such Participant shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.
(d) Withholding . Awards are subject to withholding for applicable federal, state and local taxes.
6.   PLAN ADMINISTRATION.
(a) Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to establish the rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to interpret the Plan and those rules and regulations, to determine the Awards and the Performance Measures applicable to each Award, to approve all Awards, to decide the facts in any case arising under the Plan, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan. In making any determinations under or referred to in the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on opinions, reports or statements of employees of the Company and of counsel, public accountants, and other professional or expert persons. The Committee’s administration of the Plan, including all such rules and regulations, interpretations, selections, determinations, approvals, decisions, delegations, amendments, terminations and other actions, shall be final and binding on the Company and its stockholders and all employees, including Participants and their beneficiaries. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.
(b) Delegation . Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members, and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers for administering the Plan to one or more persons as the Committee deems appropriate, and at any time may revoke any such allocation or delegation.

6


 

7.   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN. The Committee may amend (in whole or in part) or terminate the Plan at any time, effective at such date as the Committee may determine. The Company also may amend (in whole or in part) or terminate the Plan at any time effective as of such date as the Company may determine, provided, however, any such amendment of the Plan by the Company is subject to the approval of the Committee.
 
8.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
(a) Awards Not Transferable . A Participant’s right and interest under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred. Any attempted assignment or transfer shall be null and void and shall extinguish, in the Committee’s sole discretion, the Company’s obligation under the Plan to pay Awards with respect to the Participant.
(b) Effect of Awards on Other Compensation .
  1)   Awards shall not be considered eligible pay under other plans, benefit arrangements or fringe benefit arrangements of the Company, unless otherwise provided under the terms of other plans.
 
  2)   To the extent provided in the applicable benefit plan or benefit arrangement of an Employer, amounts payable as Awards will be reduced in accordance with the Participant’s compensation reduction election, if any, in effect under other plans at the time the Award is paid.
(c) No Employment Rights . This Plan is not a contract between the Employer and any employee or Participant. Neither the Plan, nor any action taken hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer. Nothing in the Plan shall limit or affect in any manner or degree the normal and usual powers of management, exercised by the officers and the Board or any committee of the Board, to change the duties or the character of employment of any employee or to remove an individual from the employment of the Employer at any time, all of which rights and powers are expressly reserved.
(d) Unfunded Plan . The Plan shall be unfunded. No Employer shall be required to establish any special or separate fund, or to make any other segregation of assets, to assure payment of Awards. Awards shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Participant’s Employer, to the extent the payments are attributable to services for the Employer. To the extent any person acquires a right to receive payments from an Employer

7


 

under the Plan, the right is no greater than the right of any other unsecured general creditor.
(e) Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Missouri and applicable federal law.

8

Exhibit 10.4
THIS INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT FOR INDEFINITE TIME IS EXECUTED ON THE ONE HAND BY KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V. (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE “COMPANY” ), HEREIN REPRESENTED BY MR. GUILLERMO RUIZ, AS ATTORNEY IN-FACT AND, ON THE OTHER, BY MR. JOSE GUILLERMO ZOZAYA DELANO (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE “EMPLOYEE” ), ON ITS OWN RIGHT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING RECITALS AND CLAUSES:
R E C I T A L S
I.   The “COMPANY” hereby states:
 
a)   That it is a variable capital limited liability company, duly incorporated in accordance with the Mexican laws.
 
b)   That in accordance with its corporate purpose, it has the capacity to execute this agreement.
 
c)   That its domicile is that located at Montes Urales N° 625, Colonia Lomas de Chapultepec, Delegación Miguel Hidalgo, C.P. 11000, Mexico City, Federal District
 
d)   That it requires the services of a qualified Employee, who has enough knowledge to act as President and Executive Representative.
 
II.   The “EMPLOYEE” hereby states:
 
a)   That he is named as stated in this agreement.
 
b)   That he is Mexican.
 
c)   That he is 53 (fifty-three) years old.
 
d)   That he is married.
 
e)   That his is a man.
 
f)   That his domicile is [on file with company], and states that in the event there is any change of domicile to that stated herein, he shall be bound to notify in writing the “COMPANY” so within a maximum term of five days as from the date when the domicile change is made, provided, however, that otherwise, last domicile provided as the authorized domicile for all legal purposes derived herefrom and specially from articles 47 and 991 of the Federal Labor Law shall be acknowledged.


 

2

  g)   That he is acquainted with the work the “COMPANY” performs, and that eventually he may render his services for other affiliated and/or subsidiary companies of Kansas City Southern (from which the “COMPANY” is also a subsidiary) and that he agrees to be in contact therewith and perform works therefor, but agreeing that his sole employer shall be the “COMPANY”.
 
  h)   That he has enough capacity and experience to render his personal services to the “COMPANY” with respect to the position for which he has been engaged and that as of to date he has no criminal record, and is legally able to render his services upon execution hereof.
 
  i)   That he has read, and understands and agrees all internal rulings applicable to officers engaged by the “COMPANY”.
Based on the foregoing recitals, the parties agree to regulate the contractual labor relationship in accordance with the following:
C L A U S E S
ONE. “TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT”. This Employment Agreement shall be executed for an Indefinite Time and may not be amended, suspended, rescinded, or terminated otherwise than by the will of the parties or in accordance with the terms set forth in the Federal Labor Law and its applicable rulings. The “EMPLOYEE” shall start working as President and Executive Representative for the “COMPANY” on April 20, 2006. If the “COMPANY” terminates this Employment Agreement without any justified cause, the “COMPANY” and the “EMPLOYEE” agree that the “COMPANY” shall be bound to pay the “EMPLOYEE” an indemnification equivalent to the amount of a year of its base salary, and any payment to the “EMPLOYEE” as per indemnifying concept set forth under the terms of the Federal Labor Law, its applicable rulings, ant this agreement, shall be included within the aforementioned indemnification for a year, provided that if payment of a year of salary referred to in this clause is below the amount of the legal benefits, employer shall be responsible for making the payment of the corresponding indemnification differences without taking into consideration in any form whatsoever payment of accrued salaries, since such payment shall be made as of the termination date.
TWO. “WORKPLACE”. “EMPLOYEE” shall render his services to the “COMPANY” at any of the “COMPANY’s” premises or where necessary, in accordance with the orders he receives for such purposes by means of the “COMPANY’s” representative and therefore, “EMPLOYEE” shall be bound to render his services at the domiciles of the premises required or anywhere the “COMPANY” has locations, including Mexico City and the City of Monterrey. The “COMPANY” shall be empowered to transfer the employee at any time, prior notification and agreement between the parties regarding the manner to do so.


 

3

THREE. “DURATION OF WORK SHIFTS”. Due to the nature of the position functions to be performed by the “EMPLOYEE”, stated as confidential tasks, “EMPLOYEE” shall distribute his work shift in accordance with the needs of operation of the “COMPANY”.
FOUR. “SERVICES RENDERED”. “EMPLOYEE” shall render his personal and subordinated services to the “COMPANY” as President and Executive Representative and “EMPLOYEE” agrees to render such services on a subordinated manner, subject, at any time, to the instructions given by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, or any other individual or body appointed by the Board of Directors thereof, and among his liabilities shall be those stated below:
a) Act as primary representative of the company in Mexico, interacting with governmental agencies, clients, employees, unions, communication means, and the public in general. Representing the “COMPANY” at public, social events and labor meetings. Improve the “COMPANY’s” reputation and provide support at an executive level of the organization for the continuous improvement of the competitive position, image, and reputation thereof, within the transportation industry.
b) Spend all his work time to perform activities required due to his position, and shall not perform any other business or profitable activity while engaged by the Company without prior consent in writing of the Board of Directors of the Company.
c) Employee shall, during the time he occupies his position, act responsibly, observing all policies applicable to the Company and the instructions of the Board of Directors of the Company, and observe the applicable legislation and make his subordinates to act on the same manner.
d) Services shall be mainly rendered at the Company’s premises located at Montes Urales N° 625, Colonia Lomas de Chapultepec, Delegación Miguel Hidalgo, C.P. 11000, Mexico City, Federal District; or at any other place where the Company has main offices or at the offices of any of its affiliates or companies on which the “COMPANY” has equity interests or a business relationship; but at any time, the beneficiary and responsible person for the relationship regulated herein shall be the “COMPANY”, and the “EMPLOYEE” as from that time, acknowledges the “COMPANY” as his sole employer, therefore, some of the fundamental functions of the “EMPLOYEE” shall be to keep the “COMPANY” posted regarding the development of its activity.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “EMPLOYEE” shall perform all those activities included, without limitation, and which may be derived and related to the main obligations of his position as well as all the supplementary tasks or all those tasks related to his main obligation, even when he has to perform such activity outside the workplace, without affecting his salary.
In the event that due to the nature of the services to be provided by the “EMPLOYEE” to the “COMPANY”, the “EMPLOYEE” must be granted with powers of attorney as


 

4

officer or attorney in fact of any of the affiliated companies of the “COMPANY”, without implying any labor relationship between the “EMPLOYEE” and the company or companies which may grant such powers of attorney, since the “EMPLOYEE” expressly acknowledges that the sole existing labor relationship shall be that with the “COMPANY”, which as from that time, shall be acknowledged as his sole employer.
The “EMPLOYEE” shall render his services to the “COMPANY” under the instructions of the “COMPANY” or its representatives, to which authority he shall be subordinated at any time with respect to the labor matters; the “EMPLOYEE” shall occupy such position with the intensity, care and appropriate effort, in the manner, time and place agreed upon, and the “COMPANY” shall be empowered to amend the “EMPLOYEE’s” obligations without affecting his labor conditions, specially with respect to the salary.
FIVE. “VACATIONS, VACATION BONUS, AND CHRISTMAS BONUS”. “EMPLOYEE” shall be entitled to an annual period of twenty (20) days of vacations. Vacation period shall be on annual basis and in no event shall be accruable.
In order to enjoy the annual vacation period, the “COMPANY”, at any time, along with the “EMPLOYEE”, shall determine the schedule, in order for the “EMPLOYEE” to enjoy his corresponding vacation period.
The “EMPLOYEE” shall be entitled to receive a vacation premium of 50% on the number of vacation days corresponding for each year, and such vacations shall be automatically paid when the “EMPLOYEE” reaches his anniversary within the company.
“EMPLOYEE” shall be entitled to receive an annual Christmas bonus, as established by article 87 of the Federal Labor Law, in the amount of 30 (THIRTY) days of salary per daily rate, which shall be paid in December; and the “EMPLOYEE” shall also be entitled to mandatory holidays as established under article 74 of the aforementioned Law, and to rest two days a week which shall be preferably on Saturday and Sunday of each week.
SIX. “TRAINING”. “EMPLOYEE” agrees to receive the training, according to the courses established in the plans and schedules duly authorized by the Department of Labor and Social Welfare, under the terms of Title Four, Chapter III Bis of the Federal Labor Law. “EMPLOYEE” agrees to promptly attend to the courses, group sessions and any other activities forming part of the training process, and likewise attend the indications regarding thereto and present the assessment and aptitude examinations required in accordance with the terms under article 153-H of the Federal Labor Law.
SEVEN. “SALARY”. “EMPLOYEE” shall accrue a monthly gross salary in the amount of $250,000.00 (Two hundred and fifty thousand pesos 00/100, Mexican currency) before deducting taxes corresponding to such amount, at the “COMPANY’s” domicile, or at the place stated for such purpose. The “COMPANY”, through its Executive Board or Committee, shall consider and establish the salary of the President and Executive Representative on an annual basis in line with the market study (by Towers Perrin or


 

5

by any other consultant) and prepare the budget for the next year. The foregoing salary shall include payment of the seventh day and that corresponding to the mandatory holidays, as well as the pro rata portion as per the weekly non working days, in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Federal Labor Law, and any other benefits that in accordance with the Federal Labor Law may correspond thereto or by the specific standards applicable to the “COMPANY” due to its corporate activity.
Due to the nature of the “EMPLOYEE’s” functions and upon request thereof, the “COMPANY” shall pay the salary corresponding thereto, by means of banking deposits, to the account the “EMPLOYEE” indicates for such purpose; and the “EMPLOYEE” shall be bound to sign all receipts and administrative slips submitted by the “COMPANY”, therefore, as from that time it is established that the slips or vouchers of banking deposits shall be equivalent to the payment receipts, regardless they are signed or not by the “EMPLOYEE”.
EIGHT. The parties agree that the “EMPLOYEE” shall agree to provide the “COMPANY” in writing the fortnightly receipt corresponding to the earnings to which he is entitled to, which shall include the income and deductions expressly agreed thereby, signing in agreement for each of the periods stated therein, stating that if there is no concept as per extraordinary time, is because the “EMPLOYEE” did not work such period, therefore the broadest settlement of all benefits to which he was entitled to shall be extended, and any clarification or claim thereof shall be made before delivering the corresponding receipt.
NINE. “MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS”. The “EMPLOYEE” agrees, under the terms of the provision set forth under fraction X of article 134 of the Federal Labor Law, to take all medical examinations the “COMPANY” indicates, as well as those mandatory examinations in accordance with the Rules of Health.
TEN. “CONFIDENTIALITY”. The “EMPLOYEE” acknowledges to have, by virtue of the services stated in this agreement, access to confidential information, manufacturing secrets, operation and business aspects of the “COMPANY” deemed as industrial secrets; thus, agreeing not to disclose to third parties such information, except if there is a written authorization by the “COMPANY’s” representative, and being responsible for the corresponding penalties in the event of noncompliance with this Clause.
ELEVEN. “INVENTIONS”. “EMPLOYEE” expressly agrees that any finding, invention or improvements thereof or any other technologic knowledge he may make or contribute to the activities individually or jointly performed during the execution of his job in favor of the “COMPANY” shall be the exclusive property of the “COMPANY”. By such virtue, the “EMPLOYEE” does not reserve any right nor action whatsoever with respect to the use and/or exploitation of the finding, invention or technologic knowledge mentioned above, since such activities shall be paid with the salary as per the job for which he has been engaged, therefore the “EMPLOYEE” agrees to carry out with the “COMPANY” all management and procedures corresponding in accordance with the Law, to make the corresponding registration in favor of the “COMPANY” and that the “COMPANY” may protect and/or exploit the industrial


 

6

property rights mentioned above, therefore, the “EMPLOYEE” agrees to sign any document and perform the legal acts required for such purpose.
TWELVE. “JURISDICTION AND CONSTRUCTION”. Provisions which are not set forth in this agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the Federal Labor Law and the Applicable Provisions; therefore, in order to construct this agreement, the parties expressly state to be in agreement therewith and shall settle their differences in the event any dispute arises to the venue of the Federal Board of Conciliation and Arbitration corresponding to their domicile or the place where the services are rendered.
Once this agreement was read, the parties duly aware of its contents and of the obligations agreed therein, is executed by their own will, in Mexico City, Federal District, on April 20, 2006.
The “COMPANY”
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
__________________________________________
By: Mr. Guillermo Ruíz Hernández
Position: Underdirector of Human Resources
 
 
The “EMPLOYEE”
 
 
________________________________
Mr. José Guillermo Zozaya Delano


 

Mexico City, Federal District, April 20, 2006
Mr. José Guillermo Zozaya Delano:
Notwithstanding the benefits established in your Individual Employment Agreement dated April 20, 2006, you would be entitled to the following:
1. BONUSES. In addition to your salary, you may receive a Performance Bonus which, if applicable, shall be determined regarding the achievement of goals of the “COMPANY”, in the specific area where you render your services and depending on the assessment made by the Board of Directors, in accordance with the policy in force for each year. The Board of Directors shall establish year after year goals such as the “Minimum”, “Objective”, and “Maximum” goals. If the Company attains the Objective Goal, the Performance Bonus for the President and Executive Representative level, may not exceed 30% of the annual salary amount being accrued, and if attaining the Maximum Goal, payment may not exceed 60%. In order to receive the Performance Bonus, the Company must attain the Objective Goal. The Board of Directors determines the Performance Bonus for the results between the Minimum and Objective Goals, and for the Maximum Goal or a better one. The Performance Bonus shall be annually paid provided the terms and conditions thereto are complied with.
The Company shall pay the aforementioned bonus, by means of banking deposits, to the account You indicate for such purposes; and You shall be bound to sign the corresponding receipt, therefore, as from this time it is established that the banking deposit slips or vouchers shall be equivalent to the payment receipts, regardless they are signed by You or not.
2. CAR. In order to perform your functions, a car shall be provided as a work tool and such car shall be the Company’s property, therefore, the Company shall pay the corresponding insurance, as well as the property tax. On the other hand, you agree to keep the car in the same conditions as received, exception made normal ware and tear; and you agree to pay the gasoline consumption and verification, services and repairing expenses required in its event.
3. RESTRICTED ACTIONS. Subject to the approval by the Compensation Committee of Kansas City Southern, that the Company shall recommend and obtain as soon as possible, the Company shall grant, in order to align its interests with the parent company shareholders’ interest, 20,000 shares of the company Kansas City Southern, which shall be restricted by 5 years and subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the shares Plan attached hereto and which was read thereby and of which you acknowledge its content and legal scope. These shares shall not be sold nor transferred within a 5 year period after execution of its individual employment agreement, exception made to that specifically set forth in such plan.
4. INSURANCE. During the term the labor relationship lasts, the Company agrees to carry the accident insurance, as well as the Major Medical Expenses insurance, and the Life Insurance under the terms of the policy existing in the company for its executives.

 


 

5. GENERAL CONDITIONS. You expressly agree to be subject to the general labor conditions established by the Company, as well as the technical and administrative rules directly prepared by the company for the execution, coordination of works, and any other internal policies. Therefore, you agree to comply, observe and obey all and any of the policies, standards, and provisions, which have been stated, therefore, by executing this agreement, you agree and expressly subordinate yourself to the terms thereof.
Kansas City Southern de México, S.A. de C.V.
__________________________________________
By: Guillermo Ruíz Hernandez
Position: Underdirector of Human Resources
Agreed by
________________________________
Mr. José Guillermo Zozaya Delano

 

Exhibit 15.1
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Kansas City Southern:
 
Re:  Registration Statement Nos. 002-85200, 002-81228, 002-66477, 002-70370, 002-62526, 033-50517, 033-50519, 033-64511, 033-59388, 033-54168, 033-08880, 333-91993, 333-73122, 333-58250, 333-51854, 333-91478 and 333-126207 on Form S-8, and 333-130112 on Form S-3
 
With respect to the subject registration statements, we acknowledge our awareness of the use therein of our report dated April 30, 2009 related to our review of interim financial information.
 
Pursuant to Rule 436 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act), such report is not considered part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an independent registered public accounting firm, or a report prepared or certified by an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.
 
KPMG LLP
 
Kansas City, Missouri
April 30, 2009

Exhibit 31.1
 
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Michael R. Haverty, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Kansas City Southern (the “registrant”);
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Michael R. Haverty
Michael R. Haverty
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Date: April 30, 2009

Exhibit 31.2
 
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
I, Michael W. Upchurch, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Kansas City Southern (the “registrant”);
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Michael W. Upchurch
Michael W. Upchurch
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Date: April 30, 2009

Exhibit 32.1
 
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Kansas City Southern (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael R. Haverty, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/   Michael R. Haverty
Michael R. Haverty
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
April 30, 2009
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Kansas City Southern and will be retained by Kansas City Southern and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2
 
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Kansas City Southern (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael W. Upchurch, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/   Michael W. Upchurch
Michael W. Upchurch
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
April 30, 2009
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Kansas City Southern and will be retained by Kansas City Southern and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.